Commit Graph

27280 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Peter Eisentraut
dbf2ec1a1c Fix parallel make risk with new check temp-install setup
The "check" target no longer needs to depend on "all", because it now
runs "install" directly, which in turn depends on "all".  Doing both
will cause problems with parallel make, because two builds will run next
to each other.

Also remove the redirection of the temp-install output into a log file.
This was appropriate when this was done from within pg_regress, but now
it's just a regular make run, and especially with the above changes this
will now take the place of running the "all" target before the test
suites.

problem report by Jeff Janes, patch in part by Michael Paquier
2015-04-29 20:34:22 -04:00
Andres Freund
e0f26fc765 Correct replication origin's use of UINT16_MAX to PG_UINT16_MAX.
We can't rely on UINT16_MAX being present, which is why we introduced
PG_UINT16_MAX...

Buildfarm animal bowerbird via Andrew Gierth.
2015-04-30 00:19:36 +02:00
Robert Haas
fe72c4c55b Update .gitignore for new rmgr, changed paths. 2015-04-29 15:53:00 -04:00
Robert Haas
9b6a0ce5f0 Remove enum-related special cases for catalog scans.
When this code was written, catalog scans were normally performed using
SnapshotNow, making special handling necessary here.  Now, however, all
catalog scans use MVCC snapshots, so we can change these cases to look
more like what we do for catalog scans elsewhere in the code.

Per discussion with Tom Lane and a reminder from Bruce Momjian.
2015-04-29 15:48:44 -04:00
Robert Haas
ef3f9e642d Attempt to fix some compiler warnings. 2015-04-29 14:02:27 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
eb010637dd Enable transforms tests for python 2 on MSVC builds
Currently regression tests for python 3 are disabled on MSVC, and these
tests fail with python 3, too, so we have some work to do to enable
both. Meanwhile, all the buildfarm hosts seem to be building with python
2 anyway, so this at least gets us some coverage.

Original patch from Michael Paquier, significantly modified by me.
2015-04-29 13:49:24 -04:00
Andres Freund
5aa2350426 Introduce replication progress tracking infrastructure.
When implementing a replication solution ontop of logical decoding, two
related problems exist:
* How to safely keep track of replication progress
* How to change replication behavior, based on the origin of a row;
  e.g. to avoid loops in bi-directional replication setups

The solution to these problems, as implemented here, consist out of
three parts:

1) 'replication origins', which identify nodes in a replication setup.
2) 'replication progress tracking', which remembers, for each
   replication origin, how far replay has progressed in a efficient and
   crash safe manner.
3) The ability to filter out changes performed on the behest of a
   replication origin during logical decoding; this allows complex
   replication topologies. E.g. by filtering all replayed changes out.

Most of this could also be implemented in "userspace", e.g. by inserting
additional rows contain origin information, but that ends up being much
less efficient and more complicated.  We don't want to require various
replication solutions to reimplement logic for this independently. The
infrastructure is intended to be generic enough to be reusable.

This infrastructure also replaces the 'nodeid' infrastructure of commit
timestamps. It is intended to provide all the former capabilities,
except that there's only 2^16 different origins; but now they integrate
with logical decoding. Additionally more functionality is accessible via
SQL.  Since the commit timestamp infrastructure has also been introduced
in 9.5 (commit 73c986add) changing the API is not a problem.

For now the number of origins for which the replication progress can be
tracked simultaneously is determined by the max_replication_slots
GUC. That GUC is not a perfect match to configure this, but there
doesn't seem to be sufficient reason to introduce a separate new one.

Bumps both catversion and wal page magic.

Author: Andres Freund, with contributions from Petr Jelinek and Craig Ringer
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Petr Jelinek, Robert Haas, Steve Singer
Discussion: 20150216002155.GI15326@awork2.anarazel.de,
    20140923182422.GA15776@alap3.anarazel.de,
    20131114172632.GE7522@alap2.anarazel.de
2015-04-29 19:30:53 +02:00
Robert Haas
c6e96a2f98 psql: Improve tab completion for ALTER FOREIGN TABLE.
Etsuro Fujita
2015-04-29 12:49:10 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
9b43d73b3f to_char(): have format 'OF' only show the leading negative sign
Previously both hours and minutes displayed as negative.

Report by David Pozsar
2015-04-28 21:02:57 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f19d8f14c7 pg_basebackup: canonicalize old and new tablespace paths
This avoids problems with double-slash-specified paths.

Patch by Ian Barwick
2015-04-28 20:12:10 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
33cb8ff6aa Warn about tablespace creation in PGDATA
Also add warning to pg_upgrade

Report by Josh Berkus
2015-04-28 17:35:12 -04:00
Tom Lane
290713e31a Fix another test for RELKIND_RELATION that should allow foreign tables now.
I thought I'd gone through all of these before, but a fresh review found
this one too.  (Perhaps it would be better to just delete this test and
let the failure occur later, but for the moment I'll preserve the logic.)

The case that this was rejecting is like
	CREATE FOREIGN TABLE ft (f1 int ...) ...;
	CREATE TABLE c1 (UNIQUE(f1)) INHERITS(ft);
2015-04-28 12:34:35 -07:00
Tom Lane
ad9f08f706 Fix ATSimpleRecursion() to allow recursion from a foreign table.
This is necessary in view of the changes to allow foreign tables to be
full members of inheritance hierarchies, but I (tgl) unaccountably missed
it in commit cb1ca4d800.

Noted by Amit Langote, patch by Etsuro Fujita
2015-04-28 12:25:00 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera
d3821e70c9 Code review for multixact bugfix
Reword messages, rename a confusingly named function.

Per Robert Haas.
2015-04-28 14:52:29 -03:00
Andrew Dunstan
cbf9f0ec31 Fix MSVC builds for contrib transforms modules.
With this patch the MSVC build and installation will work correctly with
the transforms. However the python transform tests for hstore and ltree
are still disabled pending some further adjustments.

Michael Paquier with some tweaks from me.
2015-04-28 11:47:08 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
b69bf30b9b Protect against multixact members wraparound
Multixact member files are subject to early wraparound overflow and
removal: if the average multixact size is above a certain threshold (see
note below) the protections against offset overflow are not enough:
during multixact truncation at checkpoint time, some
pg_multixact/members files would be removed because the server considers
them to be old and not needed anymore.  This leads to loss of files that
are critical to interpret existing tuples's Xmax values.

To protect against this, since we don't have enough info in pg_control
and we can't modify it in old branches, we maintain shared memory state
about the oldest value that we need to keep; we use this during new
multixact creation to abort if an old still-needed file would get
overwritten.  This value is kept up to date by checkpoints, which makes
it not completely accurate but should be good enough.  We start emitting
warnings sometime earlier, so that the eventual multixact-shutdown
doesn't take DBAs completely by surprise (more precisely: once 20
members SLRU segments are remaining before shutdown.)

On troublesome average multixact size: The threshold size depends on the
multixact freeze parameters. The oldest age is related to the greater of
multixact_freeze_table_age and multixact_freeze_min_age: anything
older than that should be removed promptly by autovacuum.  If autovacuum
is keeping up with multixact freezing, the troublesome multixact average
size is
	(2^32-1) / Max(freeze table age, freeze min age)
or around 28 members per multixact.  Having an average multixact size
larger than that will eventually cause new multixact data to overwrite
the data area for older multixacts.  (If autovacuum is not able to keep
up, or there are errors in vacuuming, the actual maximum is
multixact_freeeze_max_age instead, at which point multixact generation
is stopped completely.  The default value for this limit is 400 million,
which means that the multixact size that would cause trouble is about 10
members).

Initial bug report by Timothy Garnett, bug #12990
Backpatch to 9.3, where the problem was introduced.

Authors: Álvaro Herrera, Thomas Munro
Reviews: Thomas Munro, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, Kevin Grittner
2015-04-28 11:32:53 -03:00
Andres Freund
dfbaed4597 Use a fd opened for read/write when syncing slots during startup.
Some operating systems, including the reporter's windows, return EBADFD
or similar when fsync() is invoked on a O_RDONLY file descriptor.
Unfortunately RestoreSlotFromDisk() does exactly that; which causes
failures after restarts in at least some scenarios.

If you hit the bug the error message will be something like
ERROR: could not fsync file "pg_replslot/$name/state": Bad file descriptor

Simply use O_RDWR instead of O_RDONLY when opening the relevant file
descriptor to fix the bug.  Unfortunately I have no way of verifying the
fix, but we've seen similar problems in the past.

This bug goes back to 9.4 where slots were introduced. Backpatch
accordingly.

Reported-By: Patrice Drolet
Bug: #13143:
Discussion: 20150424101006.2556.60897@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2015-04-28 00:17:43 +02:00
Stephen Frost
dcbf5948e1 Improve qual pushdown for RLS and SB views
The original security barrier view implementation, on which RLS is
built, prevented all non-leakproof functions from being pushed down to
below the view, even when the function was not receiving any data from
the view.  This optimization improves on that situation by, instead of
checking strictly for non-leakproof functions, it checks for Vars being
passed to non-leakproof functions and allows functions which do not
accept arguments or whose arguments are not from the current query level
(eg: constants can be particularly useful) to be pushed down.

As discussed, this does mean that a function which is pushed down might
gain some idea that there are rows meeting a certain criteria based on
the number of times the function is called, but this isn't a
particularly new issue and the documentation in rules.sgml already
addressed similar covert-channel risks.  That documentation is updated
to reflect that non-leakproof functions may be pushed down now, if
they meet the above-described criteria.

Author: Dean Rasheed, with a bit of rework to make things clearer,
along with comment and documentation updates from me.
2015-04-27 12:29:42 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
06ca28d5ab Fix vcbuild failures and chkpass dependency caused by 854adb8
Switching the Windows build scripts to use forward slashes instead of
backslashes has caused a couple of issues in VC builds:
- The file tree list was not correctly generated, build script
  generating vcproj file missing tree dependencies when listing items in
  Filter.
- VC builds do not accept file paths with forward slashes, perhaps it
  could be possible to use a Condition but it seems safer to simply
  enforce the file paths to use backslashes in the vcproj files.
- chkpass had an unneeded dependency with libpgport and libpgcommon to
  make build succeed but actually it is not necessary as crypt.c is
  already listed for this project and should be replaced with a fake name
  as it is a unique file.

Michael Paquier
2015-04-27 10:56:04 -04:00
Andres Freund
2e3ca04e2e Also correct therefor to therefore.
Since both forms are arguably legal I wasn't sure about changing
this. But then Tom argued for 'therefore'...

Author: Dmitriy Olshevskiy
Discussion: 34789.1430067832@sss.pgh.pa.us
2015-04-26 19:05:39 +02:00
Andres Freund
6aab1f45ac Fix various typos and grammar errors in comments.
Author: Dmitriy Olshevskiy
Discussion: 553D00A6.4090205@bk.ru
2015-04-26 18:42:31 +02:00
Andres Freund
9fe1d9ac68 Fix possible division by zero in pg_xlogdump.
When displaying stats it was possible that a floating point division by
zero occured when no FPIs were issued for a type of record.

Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen
Discussion: 20150417091811.GA14008@toroid.org
2015-04-26 18:02:32 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
cac7658205 Add transforms feature
This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data
types and procedural languages.  As examples, there are transforms
for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python.

reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 10:33:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
0bd11d9711 Add comments warning against generalizing default_with_oids.
pg_dump has historically assumed that default_with_oids affects only plain
tables and not other relkinds.  Conceivably we could make it apply to some
newly invented relkind if we did so from the get-go, but changing the
behavior for existing object types will break existing dump scripts.
Add code comments warning about this interaction.

Also, make sure that default_with_oids doesn't cause parse_utilcmd.c to
think that CREATE FOREIGN TABLE will create an OID column.  I think this is
only a latent bug right now, since we don't allow UNIQUE/PKEY constraints
in CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, but it's better to be consistent and future-proof.
2015-04-25 21:38:06 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
04f1542d39 Try to unbreak some MSVC builds following forward slash change.
Michael Paquier.
2015-04-25 21:28:02 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
764ce22af3 Revert: Honor OID status of CREATE LIKE'd tables
Reverts d992f8a896

Report by Tom Lane
2015-04-25 21:10:48 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
ee8d392765 Don't overwrite EXTRA_INSTALL
The temp-install target sets EXTRA_INSTALL to install the current
directory.  But when doing so, it should append instead of overwrite,
otherwise settings of EXTRA_INSTALL from a makefile won't take effect.
This would cause the earthdistance test to fail when called directly,
because it would miss installing the cube module.
2015-04-25 21:00:39 -04:00
Tom Lane
3cf8686014 Prevent improper reordering of antijoins vs. outer joins.
An outer join appearing within the RHS of an antijoin can't commute with
the antijoin, but somehow I missed teaching make_outerjoininfo() about
that.  In Teodor Sigaev's recent trouble report, this manifests as a
"could not find RelOptInfo for given relids" error within eqjoinsel();
but I think silently wrong query results are possible too, if the planner
misorders the joins and doesn't happen to trigger any internal consistency
checks.  It's broken as far back as we had antijoins, so back-patch to all
supported branches.
2015-04-25 16:44:27 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
854adb8371 Replace backslashes by forward slashes in MSVC build code
This makes it possible to run some stages of these build scripts on
non-Windows systems.  That way, we can more easily test whether file
moves or makefile changes might break the MSVC build.

Peter Eisentraut and Michael Paquier
2015-04-25 08:58:01 -04:00
Stephen Frost
410cbfd6dd Fix file comment for test_rls_hooks.c
The file-level comment wasn't updated when it was copied from the shared
memory queue test module.  Fixed.

Noted by Dean Rasheed.
2015-04-24 20:44:53 -04:00
Stephen Frost
e89bd02f58 Perform RLS WITH CHECK before constraints, etc
The RLS capability is built on top of the WITH CHECK OPTION
system which was added for auto-updatable views, however, unlike
WCOs on views (which are mandated by the SQL spec to not fire until
after all other constraints and checks are done), it makes much more
sense for RLS checks to happen earlier than constraint and uniqueness
checks.

This patch reworks the structure which holds the WCOs a bit to be
explicitly either VIEW or RLS checks and the RLS-related checks are
done prior to the constraint and uniqueness checks.  This also allows
better error reporting as we are now reporting when a violation is due
to a WITH CHECK OPTION and when it's due to an RLS policy violation,
which was independently noted by Craig Ringer as being confusing.

The documentation is also updated to include a paragraph about when RLS
WITH CHECK handling is performed, as there have been a number of
questions regarding that and the documentation was previously silent on
the matter.

Author: Dean Rasheed, with some kabitzing and comment changes by me.
2015-04-24 20:34:26 -04:00
Noah Misch
c8aa893862 Remove obsolete -I options from ECPG library compilation.
The MSVC build system already omitted these.
2015-04-24 19:29:09 -04:00
Noah Misch
bcd7e8897c Remove superfluous -DFRONTEND.
The majority practice is to add -DFRONTEND in directories building files
that are, at other times, built for the backend.  Some directories
lacking that property added a noise -DFRONTEND in one build system.
Remove the excess flags, for consistency.
2015-04-24 19:29:05 -04:00
Noah Misch
151e74719b Build every ECPG library with -DFRONTEND.
Each of the libraries incorporates src/port files, which often check
FRONTEND.  Build systems disagreed on whether to build libpgtypes this
way.  Only libecpg incorporates files that rely on it today.  Back-patch
to 9.0 (all supported versions) to forestall surprises.
2015-04-24 19:29:02 -04:00
Tom Lane
732b33f8ae Fix up .gitignore and cleanup actions in some src/test/ subdirectories.
examples/, locale/, and thread/ lacked .gitignore files and were also
not connected up to top-level "make clean" etc.  This had escaped notice
because none of those directories are built in normal scenarios.  Still,
they have working Makefiles, so if someone does a "make" in one of these
directories it would be good if (a) git doesn't bleat about the product
files and (b) cleaning up removes them.

This is a longstanding oversight, but since this behavior is probably
only of interest to developers, there seems no need for back-patching.

Michael Paquier and Tom Lane
2015-04-24 17:13:06 -04:00
Tom Lane
70d44dd9de Fix obsolete comment in set_rel_size().
The cross-reference to set_append_rel_pathlist() was obsoleted by
commit e2fa76d80b, which split what
had been set_rel_pathlist() and child routines into two sets of
functions.  But I (tgl) evidently missed updating this comment.

Back-patch to 9.2 to avoid unnecessary divergence among branches.

Amit Langote
2015-04-24 15:18:07 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
61a553a091 Add comments explaining how unique and exclusion constraints are enforced. 2015-04-24 21:13:28 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
9ba978c8cc Fix misspellings
Amit Langote and Thom Brown
2015-04-24 12:00:49 -04:00
Stephen Frost
cb087ec03b Copy the relation name for error reporting in WCOs
In get_row_security_policies(), we need to make a copy of the relation
name when building the WithCheckOptions structure, since
RelationGetRelationName just returns a pointer into the local Relation
structure.  The relation name in the WCO structure is only used for
error reporting.

Pointed out by Robert and Christian Ullrich, who noted that the
buildfarm members with -DCLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS were failing.
2015-04-24 09:38:10 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
62420ae7d6 Move functions related to index maintenance to separate source file.
There is enough code here to deserve a file of their own, not be buried
in the middle of execUtils.c.
2015-04-24 09:33:23 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2c47fe16a7 Fix deadlock at startup, if max_prepared_transactions is too small.
When the startup process recovers transactions by scanning pg_twophase
directory, it should clear MyLockedGxact after it's done processing each
transaction. Like we do during normal operation, at PREPARE TRANSACTION.
Otherwise, if the startup process exits due to an error, it will try to
clear the locking_backend field of the last recovered transaction. That's
usually harmless, but if the error happens in MarkAsPreparing, while
holding TwoPhaseStateLock, the shmem-exit hook will try to acquire
TwoPhaseStateLock again, and deadlock with itself.

This fixes bug #13128 reported by Grant McAlister. The bug was introduced
by commit bb38fb0d, so backpatch to all supported versions like that
commit.
2015-04-23 21:39:35 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
2aa0fb032e Fix shell error on Solaris
Apparently, the Bourne shell on Solaris doesn't like "for" loops with an
empty list, so have "make" skip the loop in that case.
2015-04-23 13:09:18 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
dcae5facca Improve speed of make check-world
Before, make check-world would create a new temporary installation for
each test suite, which is slow and wasteful.  Instead, we now create one
test installation that is used by all test suites that are part of a
make run.

The management of the temporary installation is removed from pg_regress
and handled in the makefiles.  This allows for better control, and
unifies the code with that of test suites not run through pg_regress.

review and msvc support by Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>

more review by Fabien Coelho <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
2015-04-23 08:59:52 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
50a16e30eb Use the right type OID after creating a shell type
Commit a2e35b53c3 neglected to update the type OID to use further
down in DefineType when TypeShellMake was changed to return
ObjectAddress instead of OID (it got it right in DefineRange, however.)
This resulted in an internal error message being issued when looking up
I/O functions.

Author: Michael Paquier

Also add Asserts() to a couple of other places to ensure that the type
OID being used is as expected.
2015-04-22 16:23:02 -03:00
Stephen Frost
450fa1b5ba Fix installcheck for test_rls_hooks
As pointed out by the buildfarm, test_rls_hooks wasn't functioning
properly with a clean installcheck.  test_rls_hooks needs to explicitly
load the library with the hooks in it, to allow installcheck to work;
using the --temp-config doesn't help since that isn't used when running
installcheck and it isn't exactly fair to the buildfarm to modify the
installed config prior to calling installcheck.

Also, have test_rls_hooks clean up after itself.
2015-04-22 12:43:57 -04:00
Stephen Frost
0bf22e0c8b RLS fixes, new hooks, and new test module
In prepend_row_security_policies(), defaultDeny was always true, so if
there were any hook policies, the RLS policies on the table would just
get discarded.  Fixed to start off with defaultDeny as false and then
properly set later if we detect that only the default deny policy exists
for the internal policies.

The infinite recursion detection in fireRIRrules() didn't properly
manage the activeRIRs list in the case of WCOs, so it would incorrectly
report infinite recusion if the same relation with RLS appeared more
than once in the rtable, for example "UPDATE t ... FROM t ...".

Further, the RLS expansion code in fireRIRrules() was handling RLS in
the main loop through the rtable, which lead to RTEs being visited twice
if they contained sublink subqueries, which
prepend_row_security_policies() attempted to handle by exiting early if
the RTE already had securityQuals.  That doesn't work, however, since
if the query involved a security barrier view on top of a table with
RLS, the RTE would already have securityQuals (from the view) by the
time fireRIRrules() was invoked, and so the table's RLS policies would
be ignored.  This is fixed in fireRIRrules() by handling RLS in a
separate loop at the end, after dealing with any other sublink
subqueries, thus ensuring that each RTE is only visited once for RLS
expansion.

The inheritance planner code didn't correctly handle non-target
relations with RLS, which would get turned into subqueries during
planning. Thus an update of the form "UPDATE t1 ... FROM t2 ..." where
t1 has inheritance and t2 has RLS quals would fail.  Fix by making sure
to copy in and update the securityQuals when they exist for non-target
relations.

process_policies() was adding WCOs to non-target relations, which is
unnecessary, and could lead to a lot of wasted time in the rewriter and
the planner. Fix by only adding WCO policies when working on the result
relation.  Also in process_policies, we should be copying the USING
policies to the WITH CHECK policies on a per-policy basis, fix by moving
the copying up into the per-policy loop.

Lastly, as noted by Dean, we were simply adding policies returned by the
hook provided to the list of quals being AND'd, meaning that they would
actually restrict records returned and there was no option to have
internal policies and hook-based policies work together permissively (as
all internal policies currently work).  Instead, explicitly add support
for both permissive and restrictive policies by having a hook for each
and combining the results appropriately.  To ensure this is all done
correctly, add a new test module (test_rls_hooks) to test the various
combinations of internal, permissive, and restrictive hook policies.

Largely from Dean Rasheed (thanks!):

CAEZATCVmFUfUOwwhnBTcgi6AquyjQ0-1fyKd0T3xBWJvn+xsFA@mail.gmail.com

Author: Dean Rasheed, though I added the new hooks and test module.
2015-04-22 12:01:06 -04:00
Stephen Frost
4ccc5bd28e Pull in tableoid for inheiritance with rowMarks
As noted by Etsuro Fujita [1] and Dean Rasheed[2],
cb1ca4d800 changed ExecBuildAuxRowMark()
to always look for the tableoid in the target list, but didn't also
change preprocess_targetlist() to always include the tableoid.  This
resulted in errors with soon-to-be-added RLS with inheritance tests,
and errors when using inheritance with foreign tables.

Authors: Etsuro Fujita and Dean Rasheed (independently)

Minor word-smithing on the comments by me.

[1] 552CF0B6.8010006@lab.ntt.co.jp
[2] CAEZATCVmFUfUOwwhnBTcgi6AquyjQ0-1fyKd0T3xBWJvn+xsFA@mail.gmail.com
2015-04-22 11:29:35 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
54a16df010 Make the pg_rewind regression tests more robust on slow systems.
There were a couple of hard-coded sleeps in the tests: to wait for standby
to catch up with master, and to wait for promotion with "pg_ctl promote"
to complete. Instead of a fixed, hard-coded sleep, poll the server with a
query once a second. This isn't ideal either, and I wish we had a better
solution for real-world applications too, but this should fix the
immediate problem.

Patch by Michael Paquier, with some editing by me.
2015-04-22 14:33:57 +03:00
Andres Freund
cef939c347 Rename pg_replication_slot's new active_in to active_pid.
In d811c037ce active_in was added but discussion since showed that
active_pid is preferred as a name.

Discussion: CAMsr+YFKgZca5_7_ouaMWxA5PneJC9LNViPzpDHusaPhU9pA7g@mail.gmail.com
2015-04-22 09:43:40 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4d930eee89 Don't leave 'tmp_check' directory behind in pg_rewind regression tests. 2015-04-22 10:14:44 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
b0a738f428 Move pg_xlogdump from contrib/ to src/bin/
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-04-21 19:03:49 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
060a1224af Add missing installcheck target to pg_rewind's Makefile
Michael Paquier
2015-04-21 14:09:25 +03:00
Andres Freund
d811c037ce Add 'active_in' column to pg_replication_slots.
Right now it is visible whether a replication slot is active in any
session, but not in which.  Adding the active_in column, containing the
pid of the backend having acquired the slot, makes it much easier to
associate pg_replication_slots entries with the corresponding
pg_stat_replication/pg_stat_activity row.

This should have been done from the start, but I (Andres) dropped the
ball there somehow.

Author: Craig Ringer, revised by me Discussion:
CAMsr+YFKgZca5_7_ouaMWxA5PneJC9LNViPzpDHusaPhU9pA7g@mail.gmail.com
2015-04-21 11:51:06 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
528c2e44ab Move pg_test_timing from contrib/ to src/bin/
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-04-20 21:30:12 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d992f8a896 Honor OID status of CREATE LIKE'd tables
Previously, tables created by CREATE LIKE never had OIDs.

Report by Tom Lane
2015-04-20 16:11:25 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
00882d9e5c Move pg_test_fsync from contrib/ to src/bin/
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-04-19 22:20:49 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f92fc4c95d pg_upgrade: binary_upgrade_create_empty_extension() is strict
Was broken by commit 30982be4e5.

Patch by Jeff Janes
2015-04-17 20:08:42 -04:00
Stephen Frost
ab6d1cd26e Fix typo in relcache's equalPolicy()
The USING policies were not being checked for differences as the same
policy was being passed in to both sides of the equal().  This could
result in backends not realizing that a policy had been changed, if
none of the other attributes had been changed.

Fix by passing to equal() the policy1 and policy2 using quals for
comparison.

No need to back-patch as this is not yet released.  Noticed while
testing changes to RLS proposed by Dean Rasheed.
2015-04-17 16:37:11 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
4cb7d671fd Add new target modulescheck in vcregress.pl
This allows an MSVC build to run regression tests related to modules in
src/test/modules.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed by: Andrew Dunstan
2015-04-16 23:39:52 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
22d005323f MSVC: install src/test/modules together with contrib
These modules have to be installed so that the testing module can access
them.  (We don't have that yet, but will soon have it.)

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed by: Andrew Dunstan
2015-04-16 16:40:14 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e2999abcd1 Fix assertion failure in logical decoding.
Logical decoding set SnapshotData's regd_count field to avoid the
snapshot manager from prematurely freeing snapshots that are generated
by the decoding system. That was always an abuse of the field, as it was
never supposed to be used outside the snapshot manager. Commit 94028691
made snapshot manager's tracking of the snapshots smarter, and that scheme
fell apart. The snapshot manager got confused and hit the assertion, when
a snapshot that was marked with regd_count==1 was not found in the heap,
where the snapshot manager tracks registered the snapshots.

To fix, don't abuse the regd_count field like that. Logical decoding still
abuses the active_count field for similar purposes, but that's currently
harmless.

The assertion failure was first reported by Michael Paquier
2015-04-16 21:50:07 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
90898af30b MSVC: Include modules of src/test/modules in build
commit_ts, being only a module used for test purposes, is ignored in the
process for now.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed by: Andrew Dunstan
2015-04-16 15:17:26 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b5e384e374 Add missing newlines to error messages. 2015-04-16 09:18:00 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b5e560c246 Error out in pg_rewind if lstat() fails.
A "file not found" is expected if the source server is running, so don't
complain about that. But any other error is definitely not expected.
2015-04-15 23:13:32 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
41457fcf97 Minor cleanup of pg_rewind.
Update comments and function names to use the terms "source" and "target"
consistently. Some places were calling them remote and local instead, which
was confusing.

Fix incorrect comment in extractPageInfo on database creation record - it
was wrong on what happens for databases created in the target that don't
exist in source.
2015-04-15 22:52:00 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0d8a22a9ac Shut down test servers after pg_rewind regression tests.
Now that the test servers are initialized twice in each .pl script,
the single END block is not enough to stop them. Add a new clean_rewind_test
function that is called at the end of each test.

Michael Paquier
2015-04-15 19:54:38 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3d80a1e0e3 Fix logic to skip checkpoint if no records have been inserted.
After the WAL format changes, the calculation of the size of a checkpoint
record became incorrect. Instead of trying to fix the math, check that the
previous record, i.e. the xl_prev value that we'd write for the next
record, matches the last checkpoint's redo pointer. That way it's not
dependent on the size of the checkpoint record at all.

The old logic was actually slightly wrong all along: if the previous
checkpoint record crossed a page boundary, the page headers threw off the
record size calculation, and the checkpoint was not skipped. The new
checkpoint would not cross a page boundary, so this only resulted in at
most one extra checkpoint after the system became idle. The new logic fixes
that. (It's not worth fixing in backbranches).

However, it makes some sense to try to keep the latest checkpoint contained
fully in a page, or at least in a single WAL segment, just on general
robustness grounds. If something goes awfully wrong, it's more likely that
you can recover the latest WAL segment, than the last two WAL segments. So
I added an extra check that the checkpoint is not skipped if the previous
checkpoint crossed a WAL segment.

Reported by Jeff Janes.
2015-04-15 17:21:04 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
9fa8b0ee90 Move pg_upgrade from contrib/ to src/bin/
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-04-14 19:26:38 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
30982be4e5 Integrate pg_upgrade_support module into backend
Previously, these functions were created in a schema "binary_upgrade",
which was deleted after pg_upgrade was finished.  Because we don't want
to keep that schema around permanently, move them to pg_catalog but
rename them with a binary_upgrade_... prefix.

The provided functions are only small wrappers around global variables
that were added specifically for pg_upgrade use, so keeping the module
separate does not create any modularity.

The functions still check that they are only called in binary upgrade
mode, so it is not possible to call these during normal operation.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-04-14 19:26:37 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
936546dcbc Optimize pg_comp_crc32c_sse42 routine slightly, and also use it on x86.
Eliminate the separate 'len' variable from the loops, and also use the 4
byte instruction. This shaves off a few more cycles. Even though this
routine that uses the special SSE 4.2 instructions is much faster than a
generic routine, it's still a hot spot, so let's make it as fast as
possible.

Change the configure test to not test _mm_crc32_u64. That variant is only
available in the 64-bit x86-64 architecture, not in 32-bit x86. Modify
pg_comp_crc32c_sse42 so that it only uses _mm_crc32_u64 on x86-64. With
these changes, the SSE accelerated CRC-32C implementation can also be used
on 32-bit x86 systems.

This also fixes the 32-bit MSVC build.
2015-04-14 23:58:16 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b73e7a0716 Oops, fix misspelled #endif
I hope this fixes the Windows builfarm failures.
2015-04-14 22:00:52 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
0a52fafce4 Fix typo in comment
SLRU_SEGMENTS_PER_PAGE -> SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT

I introduced this ancient typo in subtrans.c and later propagated it to
multixact.c.  I fixed the latter in f741300c, but only back to 9.3;
backpatch to all supported branches for consistency.
2015-04-14 12:12:18 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3dc2d62d04 Use Intel SSE 4.2 CRC instructions where available.
Modern x86 and x86-64 processors with SSE 4.2 support have special
instructions, crc32b and crc32q, for calculating CRC-32C. They greatly
speed up CRC calculation.

Whether the instructions can be used or not depends on the compiler and the
target architecture. If generation of SSE 4.2 instructions is allowed for
the target (-msse4.2 flag on gcc and clang), use them. If they are not
allowed by default, but the compiler supports the -msse4.2 flag to enable
them, compile just the CRC-32C function with -msse4.2 flag, and check at
runtime whether the processor we're running on supports it. If it doesn't,
fall back to the slicing-by-8 algorithm. (With the common defaults on
current operating systems, the runtime-check variant is what you get in
practice.)

Abhijit Menon-Sen, heavily modified by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
2015-04-14 17:05:03 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4f700bcd20 Reorganize our CRC source files again.
Now that we use CRC-32C in WAL and the control file, the "traditional" and
"legacy" CRC-32 variants are not used in any frontend programs anymore.
Move the code for those back from src/common to src/backend/utils/hash.

Also move the slicing-by-8 implementation (back) to src/port. This is in
preparation for next patch that will add another implementation that uses
Intel SSE 4.2 instructions to calculate CRC-32C, where available.
2015-04-14 17:03:42 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
d577bb868d pgbench: Attempt fix build on Windows 2015-04-13 15:32:57 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
b5213e14a4 Remove duplicated word in README 2015-04-13 14:28:21 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
81134af3ec Move pgbench from contrib/ to src/bin/
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-04-13 13:07:16 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b22a36a62c Fix pg_rewind regression tests in VPATH builds
Should call just "pg_rewind", instead of "./pg_rewind". The tests are called
so that PATH contains the temporariy installation bin dir.

Per report from Alvaro Herrera
2015-04-13 18:30:38 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
53ba10770a Refactor and fix TAP tests of pg_rewind
* Don't pass arguments to prove, since that's not supported on perl 5.8
which is the minimum version supported by the TAP tests. Refactor the
test files themselves to run the tests twice, in both local and remote mode.

* Use eq rather than == for string comparison. This thinko caused the remote
versions of the tests to never run.

* Add "use strict" and "use warnings", and fix warnings that that produced.

* Increase the delay after standby promotion, to make the tests more robust.

* In remote mode, the connection string to the promoted standby was
incorrect, leading to connection errors.

Patch by Michael Paquier, to address Peter Eisentraut's report.
2015-04-13 18:09:20 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b2a5545bd6 Don't archive bogus recycled or preallocated files after timeline switch.
After a timeline switch, we would leave behind recycled WAL segments that
are in the future, but on the old timeline. After promotion, and after they
become old enough to be recycled again, we would notice that they don't have
a .ready or .done file, create a .ready file for them, and archive them.
That's bogus, because the files contain garbage, recycled from an older
timeline (or prealloced as zeros). We shouldn't archive such files.

This could happen when we're following a timeline switch during replay, or
when we switch to new timeline at end-of-recovery.

To fix, whenever we switch to a new timeline, scan the data directory for
WAL segments on the old timeline, but with a higher segment number, and
remove them. Those don't belong to our timeline history, and are most
likely bogus recycled or preallocated files. They could also be valid files
that we streamed from the primary ahead of time, but in any case, they're
not needed to recover to the new timeline.
2015-04-13 16:53:49 +03:00
Fujii Masao
1f94bec7a9 Silence gettext warning about '\r' escape sequence in translatable string.
gettext was unhappy about the commit b216ad7 because it revealed
the problem that internationalized messages may contain '\r' escape
sequence in pg_rewind. This commit moves '\r' to a separate printf() call.

Michael Paquier, bug reported by Peter Eisentraut
2015-04-13 13:30:59 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
442663f133 emacs: Set indent-tabs-mode in perl-mode
This matches existing practice, but makes the setup complete and
consistent with the C code setup.
2015-04-12 23:53:23 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
74a68e37d0 Free leaked result set in pg_rewind
It was not significant in practice, it was just one instance of a small
result set, but let's pacify Coverity.

Michael Paquier
2015-04-12 22:42:01 +03:00
Magnus Hagander
9029f4b374 Add system view pg_stat_ssl
This view shows information about all connections, such as if the
connection is using SSL, which cipher is used, and which client
certificate (if any) is used.

Reviews by Alex Shulgin, Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund & Michael Paquier
2015-04-12 19:07:46 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
a10589a512 Remove duplicated words in comments.
David Rowley
2015-04-12 10:46:17 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
83aca89f7c Move pg_archivecleanup from contrib/ to src/bin/
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-04-11 23:29:18 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
27846f02c1 Optimize locking a tuple already locked by another subxact
Locking and updating the same tuple repeatedly led to some strange
multixacts being created which had several subtransactions of the same
parent transaction holding locks of the same strength.  However,
once a subxact of the current transaction holds a lock of a given
strength, it's not necessary to acquire the same lock again.  This made
some coding patterns much slower than required.

The fix is twofold.  First we change HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate to return
HeapTupleBeingUpdated for the case where the current transaction is
already a single-xid locker for the given tuple; it used to return
HeapTupleMayBeUpdated for that case.  The new logic is simpler, and the
change to pgrowlocks is a testament to that: previously we needed to
check for the single-xid locker separately in a very ugly way.  That
test is simpler now.

As fallout from the HTSU change, some of its callers need to be amended
so that tuple-locked-by-own-transaction is taken into account in the
BeingUpdated case rather than the MayBeUpdated case.  For many of them
there is no difference; but heap_delete() and heap_update now check
explicitely and do not grab tuple lock in that case.

The HTSU change also means that routine MultiXactHasRunningRemoteMembers
introduced in commit 11ac4c73cb is no longer necessary and can be
removed; the case that used to require it is now handled naturally as
result of the changes to heap_delete and heap_update.

The second part of the fix to the performance issue is to adjust
heap_lock_tuple to avoid the slowness:

1. Previously we checked for the case that our own transaction already
held a strong enough lock and returned MayBeUpdated, but only in the
multixact case.  Now we do it for the plain Xid case as well, which
saves having to LockTuple.

2. If the current transaction is the only locker of the tuple (but with
a lock not as strong as what we need; otherwise it would have been
caught in the check mentioned above), we can skip sleeping on the
multixact, and instead go straight to create an updated multixact with
the additional lock strength.

3. Most importantly, make sure that both the single-xid-locker case and
the multixact-locker case optimization are applied always.  We do this
by checking both in a single place, rather than them appearing in two
separate portions of the routine -- something that is made possible by
the HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate API change.  Previously we would only check
for the single-xid case when HTSU returned MayBeUpdated, and only
checked for the multixact case when HTSU returned BeingUpdated.  This
was at odds with what HTSU actually returned in one case: if our own
transaction was locker in a multixact, it returned MayBeUpdated, so the
optimization never applied.  This is what led to the large multixacts in
the first place.

Per bug report #8470 by Oskari Saarenmaa.
2015-04-10 13:47:15 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
8a0d34e4e4 libpq: Don't overwrite existing OpenSSL thread callbacks
If someone else already set the callbacks, don't overwrite them with
ours.  When unsetting the callbacks, only unset them if they point to
ours.

Author: Jan Urbański <wulczer@wulczer.org>
2015-04-09 20:45:34 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
a6f3c1f1e2 Show owner of types in psql \dT+ 2015-04-09 21:39:35 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5d79b67bdd Make SSL regression test suite more portable by avoiding cp.
Use perl 'glob' and File::Copy instead of "cp". This takes us one step
closer to running the suite on Windows.

Michael Paquier
2015-04-09 22:07:18 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0fb256dc82 Gitignore temp files generated by SSL regression suite
Michael Paquier
2015-04-09 22:02:21 +03:00
Magnus Hagander
c9970ab937 Fix typo
Michael Paquier
2015-04-09 14:15:39 +02:00
Andres Freund
06d36fa40c Fix typo in eb68379c3.
I'd accidentally missed to rename PG_FORCE_NULL to BKI_FORCE_NULL in one
place.

Author: Jeevan Chalke
Discussion: CAM2+6=VPoow5PqgqiTjPX4QNeokb7op8aD_8Zg3QnHZMvvU0GQ@mail.gmail.com
2015-04-09 13:29:22 +02:00
Fujii Masao
17d436d2e8 Remove obsolete FORCE option from REINDEX.
FORCE option has been marked "obsolete" since very old version 7.4
but existed for backwards compatibility. Per discussion on pgsql-hackers,
we concluded that it's no longer worth keeping supporting the option.
2015-04-09 11:31:42 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
73206812cd Change SQLSTATE for event triggers "wrong context" message
When certain event-trigger-only functions are called when not in the
wrong context, they were reporting the "feature not supported" SQLSTATE,
which is somewhat misleading.  Create a new custom error code for such
uses instead.

Not backpatched since it may be seen as an undesirable behavioral
change.

Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqQ-5NAkHQHh_NOm7FPep37NCiLKwPoJ2Yxb8TDoGgbYYA@mail.gmail.com
2015-04-08 15:26:50 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
5df64f298d Fix autovacuum launcher shutdown sequence
It was previously possible to have the launcher re-execute its main loop
before shutting down if some other signal was received or an error
occurred after getting SIGTERM, as reported by Qingqing Zhou.

While investigating, Tom Lane further noticed that if autovacuum had
been disabled in the config file, it would misbehave by trying to start
a new worker instead of bailing out immediately -- it would consider
itself as invoked in emergency mode.

Fix both problems by checking the shutdown flag in a few more places.
These problems have existed since autovacuum was introduced, so
backpatch all the way back.
2015-04-08 13:19:49 -03:00
Bruce Momjian
e4f1e0d842 libpq: add newlines to SSPI error messages
Report by Tom Lane
2015-04-08 10:28:47 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
90a8b1f82b libpq: issue clear error message for nested service files
Previously an odd error message was generated.  Nested service files are
not supported.

Report by David Johnston
2015-04-08 10:26:58 -04:00
Fujii Masao
026fafde91 Fix typo in comment. 2015-04-08 20:55:43 +09:00
Fujii Masao
29407f9774 Add file_ops.c to GETTEXT_FILES in nls.mk.
Since file_ops.c contains translatable strings, it should have been listed
in GETTEXT_FILES.
2015-04-08 13:46:58 +09:00
Robert Haas
aea652abd3 Make trace_sort control abbreviation debug output for the text opclass.
This is consistent with what the new numeric suppor for abbreviated keys
now does, and seems much more convenient than having a separate compiler
define to control this debug output.

Peter Geoghegan
2015-04-07 22:45:17 -04:00
Fujii Masao
b216ad7bf1 Mark the second argument of pg_log as the translatable string in nls.mk. 2015-04-08 11:06:25 +09:00
Tom Lane
393de3a098 Fix assorted inconsistent function declarations.
While gcc doesn't complain if you declare a function "static" and then
define it not-static, other compilers do; and in any case the code is
highly misleading this way.  Add the missing "static" keywords to a
couple of recent patches.  Per buildfarm member pademelon.
2015-04-07 16:56:21 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ee075fcb13 Fix reporting of missing or invalid command line arguments in pg_rewind.
pg_fatal never returns, so a multi-line message cannot be printed by
calling it twice.

Michael Paquier and Fujii Masao
2015-04-07 23:28:28 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
4e17e32f53 Remove variable shadowing
Commit a2e35b53 should have removed the variable declaration in the
inner block, but didn't.  As a result, the returned address might end up
not being what was intended.
2015-04-07 17:14:00 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8a06c36aff Fix process startup in pg_rewind.
Don't allow pg_rewind to run as root on Unix platforms, as any new or
replaced files in the data directory would become owned by root. On Windows,
it can run under a user that has Administrator rights, but a restricted
token needs to be used. This is the same we do e.g. in pg_resetxlog.

Also, add missing set_pglocale_pgservice() call, to fix localization.

Michael Paquier and Fujii Masao
2015-04-07 23:05:25 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
e9a077cad3 pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column
It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the
backend.  Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it
was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want
to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session.  Temp
objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because
such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the
current session.
2015-04-06 11:40:55 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
70dc2db7f1 Fix object identities for pg_conversion objects
This was already fixed in 0d906798f, but I failed to update the
array-formatted case.  This is not backpatched, since this only affects
the code path introduced by commit a676201490.
2015-04-06 11:15:13 -03:00
Simon Riggs
35ecc24407 Add new test files for lock level patch 2015-04-05 12:03:58 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
cf376a4adc Enable float8-byval as the default for 64 bit MSVC builds
This is a long-standing inconsistency that was probably just missed when
we got 64 bit MSVC builds. This brings the platform into line with all
other systems.
2015-04-05 11:49:49 -04:00
Simon Riggs
0ef0396ae1 Reduce lock levels of some trigger DDL and add FKs
Reduce lock levels to ShareRowExclusive for the following SQL
 CREATE TRIGGER (but not DROP or ALTER)
 ALTER TABLE ENABLE TRIGGER
 ALTER TABLE DISABLE TRIGGER
 ALTER TABLE … ADD CONSTRAINT FOREIGN KEY

Original work by Simon Riggs, extracted and refreshed by Andreas Karlsson
New test cases added by Andreas Karlsson
Reviewed by Noah Misch, Andres Freund, Michael Paquier and Simon Riggs
2015-04-05 11:37:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
ca6805338f Fix incorrect matching of subexpressions in outer-join plan nodes.
Previously we would re-use input subexpressions in all expression trees
attached to a Join plan node.  However, if it's an outer join and the
subexpression appears in the nullable-side input, this is potentially
incorrect for apparently-matching subexpressions that came from above
the outer join (ie, targetlist and qpqual expressions), because the
executor will treat the subexpression value as NULL when maybe it should
not be.

The case is fairly hard to hit because (a) you need a non-strict
subexpression (else NULL is correct), and (b) we don't usually compute
expressions in the outputs of non-toplevel plan nodes.  But we might do
so if the expressions are sort keys for a mergejoin, for example.

Probably in the long run we should make a more explicit distinction between
Vars appearing above and below an outer join, but that will be a major
planner redesign and not at all back-patchable.  For the moment, just hack
set_join_references so that it will not match any non-Var expressions
coming from nullable inputs to expressions that came from above the join.
(This is somewhat overkill, in that a strict expression could still be
matched, but it doesn't seem worth the effort to check that.)

Per report from Qingqing Zhou.  The added regression test case is based
on his example.

This has been broken for a very long time, so back-patch to all active
branches.
2015-04-04 19:55:15 -04:00
Tom Lane
c67a86f7da Fix TAP tests to use only standard command-line argument ordering.
Some of the TAP tests were supposing that PG programs would accept switches
after non-switch arguments on their command lines.  While GNU getopt_long()
does allow that, our own implementation does not, and it's nowhere
suggested in our documentation that such cases should work.  Adjust the
tests to use only the documented syntax.

Back-patch to 9.4, since without this the TAP tests fail when run with
src/port's getopt_long() implementation.

Michael Paquier
2015-04-04 13:34:23 -04:00
Robert Haas
368b7c601e Fix numeric abbreviation for --disable-float8-byval.
When committing abd94bcac4, I tried to make
it decide what kind of abbreviation to use based only on SIZEOF_DATUM,
without regard to USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL.  That attempt was a few bricks short
of a load, so try to fix it, and add a comment explaining what we're
about.

Patch by me; review (but not a full endorsement) by Andrew Gierth.
2015-04-03 22:34:37 -04:00
Tom Lane
b7e1652d5d Remove unnecessary variables in _hash_splitbucket().
Commit ed9cc2b5df made it unnecessary to pass
start_nblkno to _hash_splitbucket(), and for that matter unnecessary to
have the internal nblkno variable either.  My compiler didn't complain
about that, but some did.  I also rearranged the use of oblkno a bit to
make that case more parallel.

Report and initial patch by Petr Jelinek, rearranged a bit by me.
Back-patch to all branches, like the previous patch.
2015-04-03 16:49:44 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
9550e8348b Transform ALTER TABLE/SET TYPE/USING expr during parse analysis
This lets later stages have access to the transformed expression; in
particular it allows DDL-deparsing code during event triggers to pass
the transformed expression to ruleutils.c, so that the complete command
can be deparsed.

This shuffles the timing of the transform calls a bit: previously,
nothing was transformed during parse analysis, and only the
RELKIND_RELATION case was being handled during execution.  After this
patch, all expressions are transformed during parse analysis (including
those for relkinds other than RELATION), and the error for other
relation kinds is thrown only during execution.  So we do more work than
before to reject some bogus cases.  That seems acceptable.
2015-04-03 17:33:05 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
4ff695b17d Add log_min_autovacuum_duration per-table option
This is useful to control autovacuum log volume, for situations where
monitoring only a set of tables is necessary.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed by: A team led by Naoya Anzai (also including Akira Kurosawa,
Taiki Kondo, Huong Dangminh), Fujii Masao.
2015-04-03 11:55:50 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
a75fb9b335 Have autovacuum workers listen to SIGHUP, too
They have historically ignored it, but it's been said to be useful at
times to change their settings mid-flight.

Author: Michael Paquier
2015-04-03 11:52:55 -03:00
Fujii Masao
6e4bf4ecd3 Fix error handling of XLogReaderAllocate in case of OOM
Similarly to previous fix 9b8d478, commit 2c03216 has switched
XLogReaderAllocate() to use a set of palloc calls instead of malloc,
causing any callers of this function to fail with an error instead of
receiving a NULL pointer in case of out-of-memory error. Fix this by
using palloc_extended with MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM that will safely return
NULL in case of an OOM.

Michael Paquier, slightly modified by me.
2015-04-03 21:55:37 +09:00
Robert Haas
f85155e18c Change the way we decide whether to give up on abbreviated text keys.
Be more aggressive about aborting early on if it looks like it's not
helping, but be less aggressive about aborting later on, since it's
more expensive at that point, and also since we're currently aborting
in some cases where abbreviation can still deliver a substantial win.

Peter Geoghegan. Extensive testing by Tomas Vondra.
2015-04-03 08:32:05 -04:00
Fujii Masao
9b8d4782ba Rework handling of OOM when allocating record buffer in XLOG reader.
Commit 2c03216 changed allocate_recordbuf() so that it uses a palloc to
allocate the read buffer and fails immediately when an out-of-memory error
shows up, even though its callers still expect that NULL is returned in that
case. This bug is fixed making allocate_recordbuf() use a palloc_extended
with MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM flag and return NULL in OOM case.

Michael Paquier
2015-04-03 18:29:38 +09:00
Fujii Masao
8c8a886268 Add palloc_extended for frontend and backend.
This commit also adds pg_malloc_extended for frontend. These interfaces
can be used to control at a lower level memory allocation using an interface
similar to MemoryContextAllocExtended. For example, the callers can specify
MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM if they want to suppress the "out of memory" error while
allocating the memory and handle a NULL return value.

Michael Paquier, reviewed by me.
2015-04-03 17:36:12 +09:00
Tom Lane
bc49d9324a Fix rare startup failure induced by MVCC-catalog-scans patch.
While a new backend nominally participates in sinval signaling starting
from the SharedInvalBackendInit call near the top of InitPostgres, it
cannot recognize sinval messages for unshared catalogs of its database
until it has set up MyDatabaseId.  This is not problematic for the catcache
or relcache, which by definition won't have loaded any data from or about
such catalogs before that point.  However, commit 568d4138c6
introduced a mechanism for re-using MVCC snapshots for catalog scans, and
made invalidation of those depend on recognizing relevant sinval messages.
So it's possible to establish a catalog snapshot to read pg_authid and
pg_database, then before we set MyDatabaseId, receive sinval messages that
should result in invalidating that snapshot --- but do not, because we
don't realize they are for our database.  This mechanism explains the
intermittent buildfarm failures we've seen since commit 31eae6028e.
That commit was not itself at fault, but it introduced a new regression
test that does reconnections concurrently with the "vacuum full pg_am"
command in vacuum.sql.  This allowed the pre-existing error to be exposed,
given just the right timing, because we'd fail to update our information
about how to access pg_am.  In principle any VACUUM FULL on a system
catalog could have created a similar hazard for concurrent incoming
connections.  Perhaps there are more subtle failure cases as well.

To fix, force invalidation of the catalog snapshot as soon as we've
set MyDatabaseId.

Back-patch to 9.4 where the error was introduced.
2015-04-03 00:07:29 -04:00
Robert Haas
05cce2f903 Repair stupid mistake in preprocessor directive. 2015-04-02 15:57:17 -04:00
Robert Haas
b3a5e76e12 After a crash, don't restart workers with BGW_NEVER_RESTART.
Amit Khandekar
2015-04-02 14:38:06 -04:00
Robert Haas
abd94bcac4 Use abbreviated keys for faster sorting of numeric datums.
Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Peter Geoghegan, with further tweaks by me.
2015-04-02 14:04:26 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
00ee6c7672 autovacuum: Fix polarity of "wraparound" variable
Commit 0d83138974 inadvertently reversed the meaning of the
wraparound variable.  This causes vacuums which are not required for
wraparound to wait for locks to be acquired, and what is worse, it
allows wraparound vacuums to skip locked pages.

Bug reported by Jeff Janes in
http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAMkU=1xmTEiaY=5oMHsSQo5vd9V1Ze4kNLL0qN2eH0P_GXOaYw@mail.gmail.com
Analysis and patch by Kyotaro HORIGUCHI
2015-04-02 13:34:50 -03:00
Robert Haas
c02ef232c1 Add missing calls to DatumGetUInt32.
These were inadvertently ommitted from the commit that introduced
abbreviated keys, commit 4ea51cdfe8.

Peter Geoghegan
2015-04-02 11:57:35 -04:00
Andres Freund
62e2a8dc2c Define integer limits independently from the system definitions.
In 83ff1618 we defined integer limits iff they're not provided by the
system. That turns out not to be the greatest idea because there's
different ways some datatypes can be represented. E.g. on OSX PG's 64bit
datatype will be a 'long int', but OSX unconditionally uses 'long
long'. That disparity then can lead to warnings, e.g. around printf
formats.

One way to fix that would be to back int64 using stdint.h's
int64_t. While a good idea it's not that easy to implement. We would
e.g. need to include stdint.h in our external headers, which we don't
today. Also computing the correct int64 printf formats in that case is
nontrivial.

Instead simply prefix the integer limits with PG_ and define them
unconditionally. I've adjusted all the references to them in code, but
not the ones in comments; the latter seems unnecessary to me.

Discussion: 20150331141423.GK4878@alap3.anarazel.de
2015-04-02 17:43:35 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
e146ca6820 psql: fix \connect with URIs and conninfo strings
This is the second try at this, after fcef161729 failed miserably and
had to be reverted: as it turns out, libpq cannot depend on libpgcommon
after all. Instead of shuffling code in the master branch, make that one
just like 9.4 and accept the duplication.  (This was all my own mistake,
not the patch submitter's).

psql was already accepting conninfo strings as the first parameter in
\connect, but the way it worked wasn't sane; some of the other
parameters would get the previous connection's values, causing it to
connect to a completely unexpected server or, more likely, not finding
any server at all because of completely wrong combinations of
parameters.

Fix by explicitely checking for a conninfo-looking parameter in the
dbname position; if one is found, use its complete specification rather
than mix with the other arguments.  Also, change tab-completion to not
try to complete conninfo/URI-looking "dbnames" and document that
conninfos are accepted as first argument.

There was a weak consensus to backpatch this, because while the behavior
of using the dbname as a conninfo is nowhere documented for \connect, it
is reasonable to expect that it works because it does work in many other
contexts.  Therefore this is backpatched all the way back to 9.0.

Author: David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan.  Some editorialization by me
(probably earning a Gierth's "Sloppy" badge in the process.)
Reviewers: Andrew Gierth, Erik Rijkers, Pavel Stěhule, Stephen Frost,
Robert Haas, Andrew Dunstan.
2015-04-02 12:30:57 -03:00
Robert Haas
f272098e91 Fix another bug in DSM_CREATE_NULL_IF_MAXSEGMENTS handling.
Amit Kapila
2015-04-02 10:39:24 -04:00
Robert Haas
4cd639baf4 Revert "psql: fix \connect with URIs and conninfo strings"
This reverts commit fcef161729, about
which both the buildfarm and my local machine are very unhappy.
2015-04-02 10:10:22 -04:00
Simon Riggs
7dae3cf68c Correct comment to use RS_EPHEMERAL 2015-04-02 07:45:19 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
fcef161729 psql: fix \connect with URIs and conninfo strings
psql was already accepting conninfo strings as the first parameter in
\connect, but the way it worked wasn't sane; some of the other
parameters would get the previous connection's values, causing it to
connect to a completely unexpected server or, more likely, not finding
any server at all because of completely wrong combinations of
parameters.

Fix by explicitely checking for a conninfo-looking parameter in the
dbname position; if one is found, use its complete specification rather
than mix with the other arguments.  Also, change tab-completion to not
try to complete conninfo/URI-looking "dbnames" and document that
conninfos are accepted as first argument.

There was a weak consensus to backpatch this, because while the behavior
of using the dbname as a conninfo is nowhere documented for \connect, it
is reasonable to expect that it works because it does work in many other
contexts.  Therefore this is backpatched all the way back to 9.0.

To implement this, routines previously private to libpq have been
duplicated so that psql can decide what looks like a conninfo/URI
string.  In back branches, just duplicate the same code all the way back
to 9.2, where URIs where introduced; 9.0 and 9.1 have a simpler version.
In master, the routines are moved to src/common and renamed.

Author: David Fetter, Andrew Dunstan.  Some editorialization by me
(probably earning a Gierth's "Sloppy" badge in the process.)
Reviewers: Andrew Gierth, Erik Rijkers, Pavel Stěhule, Stephen Frost,
Robert Haas, Andrew Dunstan.
2015-04-01 20:00:07 -03:00
Tom Lane
89840d7d3f Provide real selectivity estimators for inet/cidr operators.
This patch fills in the formerly-stub networksel() and networkjoinsel()
estimation functions.  Those are used for << <<= >> >>= and && operators
on inet/cidr types.  The estimation is not perfect, certainly, because
we rely on the existing statistics collected for the inet btree operators.
But it's a long way better than nothing, and it's not clear that asking
ANALYZE to collect separate stats for these operators would be a win.

Emre Hasegeli, with reviews from Dilip Kumar and Heikki Linnakangas,
and some further hacking by me
2015-04-01 17:11:21 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f770870d9e Move inet/cidr GiST opclass functions to correct place in header file.
They were accidentally placed under the GIN heading.

Andreas Karlsson
2015-04-01 19:20:45 +03:00
Fujii Masao
7a245bfe76 Make pg_ctl use SIGINT as a default shutdown signal.
The commit 0badb06 changed the default shutdown mode from smart to fast,
but forgot to change the default shutdown signal from SIGTERM to SIGINT.
2015-04-01 02:10:24 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
ed7b3b3811 initdb: remove unnecessary VACUUM FULL
Report by Peter Eisentraut
2015-03-31 11:51:39 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0badb069bc pg_ctl: change default shutdown mode from 'smart' to 'fast'
Retain the order of the options in the documentation.
2015-03-31 11:46:27 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
9d9991c84e psql: add asciidoc output format
Patch by Szymon Guz, adjustments by me

Testing by Michael Paquier, Pavel Stehule
2015-03-31 11:33:25 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1d0db8de04 Remove spurious semicolons.
Petr Jelinek
2015-03-31 15:12:27 +03:00
Andrew Dunstan
fa1e5afa8a Run pg_upgrade and pg_resetxlog with restricted token on Windows
As with initdb these programs need to run with a restricted token, and
if they don't pg_upgrade will fail when run as a user with Adminstrator
privileges.

Backpatch to all live branches. On the development branch the code is
reorganized so that the restricted token code is now in a single
location. On the stable bramches a less invasive change is made by
simply copying the relevant code to pg_upgrade.c and pg_resetxlog.c.

Patches and bug report from Muhammad Asif Naeem, reviewed by Michael
Paquier, slightly edited by me.
2015-03-30 17:07:52 -04:00
Tom Lane
ed9cc2b5df Fix bogus concurrent use of _hash_getnewbuf() in bucket split code.
_hash_splitbucket() obtained the base page of the new bucket by calling
_hash_getnewbuf(), but it held no exclusive lock that would prevent some
other process from calling _hash_getnewbuf() at the same time.  This is
contrary to _hash_getnewbuf()'s API spec and could in fact cause failures.
In practice, we must only call that function while holding write lock on
the hash index's metapage.

An additional problem was that we'd already modified the metapage's bucket
mapping data, meaning that failure to extend the index would leave us with
a corrupt index.

Fix both issues by moving the _hash_getnewbuf() call to just before we
modify the metapage in _hash_expandtable().

Unfortunately there's still a large problem here, which is that we could
also incur ENOSPC while trying to get an overflow page for the new bucket.
That would leave the index corrupt in a more subtle way, namely that some
index tuples that should be in the new bucket might still be in the old
one.  Fixing that seems substantially more difficult; even preallocating as
many pages as we could possibly need wouldn't entirely guarantee that the
bucket split would complete successfully.  So for today let's just deal
with the base case.

Per report from Antonin Houska.  Back-patch to all active branches.
2015-03-30 16:40:05 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
97690ea6e8 Change array_offset to return subscripts, not offsets
... and rename it and its sibling array_offsets to array_position and
array_positions, to account for the changed behavior.

Having the functions return subscripts better matches existing practice,
and is better suited to using the result value as a subscript into the
array directly.  For one-based arrays, the new definition is identical
to what was originally committed.

(We use the term "subscript" in the documentation, which is what we use
whenever we talk about arrays; but the functions themselves are named
using the word "position" to match the standard-defined POSITION()
functions.)

Author: Pavel Stěhule
Behavioral problem noted by Dean Rasheed.
2015-03-30 16:13:21 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
0853630159 Fix lost persistence setting during REINDEX INDEX
ReindexIndex() trusts a parser-built RangeVar with the persistence to
use for the new copy of the index; but the parser naturally does not
know what's the persistence of the original index.  To find out the
correct persistence, grab it from relcache.

This bug was introduced by commit 85b506bbfc, and therefore no
backpatch is necessary.

Bug reported by Thom Brown, analysis and patch by Michael Paquier; test
case provided by Fabrízio de Royes Mello.
2015-03-30 16:01:44 -03:00
Tom Lane
542320c2bd Be more careful about printing constants in ruleutils.c.
The previous coding in get_const_expr() tried to avoid quoting integer,
float, and numeric literals if at all possible.  While that looks nice,
it means that dumped expressions might re-parse to something that's
semantically equivalent but not the exact same parsetree; for example
a FLOAT8 constant would re-parse as a NUMERIC constant with a cast to
FLOAT8.  Though the result would be the same after constant-folding,
this is problematic in certain contexts.  In particular, Jeff Davis
pointed out that this could cause unexpected failures in ALTER INHERIT
operations because of child tables having not-exactly-equivalent CHECK
expressions.  Therefore, favor correctness over legibility and dump
such constants in quotes except in the limited cases where they'll
be interpreted as the same type even without any casting.

This results in assorted small changes in the regression test outputs,
and will affect display of user-defined views and rules similarly.
The odds of that causing problems in the field seem non-negligible;
given the lack of previous complaints, it seems best not to change
this in the back branches.
2015-03-30 14:59:49 -04:00
Tom Lane
701dcc983e Fix rare core dump in BackendIdGetTransactionIds().
BackendIdGetTransactionIds() neglected the possibility that the PROC
pointer in a ProcState array entry is null.  In current usage, this could
only crash if the other backend had exited since pgstat_read_current_status
saw it as active, which is a pretty narrow window.  But it's reachable in
the field, per bug #12918 from Vladimir Borodin.

Back-patch to 9.4 where the faulty code was introduced.
2015-03-30 13:05:27 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0633a60f4d Add index-only scan support to range type GiST opclass.
Andreas Karlsson
2015-03-30 13:22:38 +03:00
Tom Lane
1c41e2a998 Clean up all the cruft after a pg_rewind test run.
regress_log temp directory was properly .gitignore'd, which may explain
why it got left out of the "make clean" action.
2015-03-29 20:54:37 -04:00
Tom Lane
c67f366fa9 Fix multiple bugs and infelicities in pg_rewind.
Bugs all spotted by Coverity, including wrong realloc() size request
and memory leaks.  Cosmetic improvements by me.

The usage of the global variable "filemap" here is still pretty awful,
but at least I got rid of the gratuitous aliasing in several routines
(which was helping to annoy Coverity, as well as being a bug risk).
2015-03-29 20:02:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
e4cbfd673d Add vacuum_delay_point call in compute_index_stats's per-sample-row loop.
Slow functions in index expressions might cause this loop to take long
enough to make it worth being cancellable.  Probably it would be enough
to call CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS here, but for consistency with other
per-sample-row loops in this file, let's use vacuum_delay_point.

Report and patch by Jeff Janes.  Back-patch to all supported branches.
2015-03-29 15:04:09 -04:00
Tom Lane
1601830ec2 Make ginbuild's funcCtx be independent of its tmpCtx.
Previously the funcCtx was a child of the tmpCtx, but that was broken
by commit eaa5808e8e, which made
MemoryContextReset() delete, not reset, child contexts.  The behavior of
having a tmpCtx reset also clear the other context seems rather dubious
anyway, so let's just disentangle them.  Per report from Erik Rijkers.

In passing, fix badly-inaccurate comments about these contexts.
2015-03-29 14:02:58 -04:00
Tom Lane
9a8e23311c Remove a couple other vestigial yylex() declarations.
These were workarounds for a long-gone flex bug; all supported versions
of flex emit an extern declaration as expected.
2015-03-29 13:12:28 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
7655f4ccea Add a pager_min_lines setting to psql
If set, the pager will not be used unless this many lines are to be
displayed, even if that is more than the screen depth. Default is zero,
meaning it's disabled.

There is probably more work to be done in giving the user control over
when the pager is used, particularly when wide output forces use of the
pager regardless of how many lines there are, but this is a start.
2015-03-28 11:07:41 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3a20b0e7b6 Add index-only scan support to inet GiST opclass.
Andreas Karlsson
2015-03-28 15:11:53 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
16bbb96a2b Fix whitespace 2015-03-27 19:50:55 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
55b59eda13 Fix GiST index-only scans for opclasses with different storage type.
We cannot use the index's tuple descriptor directly to describe the index
tuples returned in an index-only scan. That's because the index might use
a different datatype for the values stored on disk than the type originally
indexed. As long as they were both pass-by-ref, it worked, but will not work
for pass-by-value types of different sizes. I noticed this as a crash when I
started hacking a patch to add fetch methods to btree_gist.
2015-03-26 23:07:52 +02:00
Tom Lane
785941cdc3 Tweak __attribute__-wrapping macros for better pgindent results.
This improves on commit bbfd7edae5 by
making two simple changes:

* pg_attribute_noreturn now takes parentheses, ie pg_attribute_noreturn().
Likewise pg_attribute_unused(), pg_attribute_packed().  This reduces
pgindent's tendency to misformat declarations involving them.

* attributes are now always attached to function declarations, not
definitions.  Previously some places were taking creative shortcuts,
which were not merely candidates for bad misformatting by pgindent
but often were outright wrong anyway.  (It does little good to put a
noreturn annotation where callers can't see it.)  In any case, if
we would like to believe that these macros can be used with non-gcc
compilers, we should avoid gratuitous variance in usage patterns.

I also went through and manually improved the formatting of a lot of
declarations, and got rid of excessively repetitive (and now obsolete
anyway) comments informing the reader what pg_attribute_printf is for.
2015-03-26 14:03:25 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d04c8ed904 Add support for index-only scans in GiST.
This adds a new GiST opclass method, 'fetch', which is used to reconstruct
the original Datum from the value stored in the index. Also, the 'canreturn'
index AM interface function gains a new 'attno' argument. That makes it
possible to use index-only scans on a multi-column index where some of the
opclasses support index-only scans but some do not.

This patch adds support in the box and point opclasses. Other opclasses
can added later as follow-on patches (btree_gist would be particularly
interesting).

Anastasia Lubennikova, with additional fixes and modifications by me.
2015-03-26 19:12:00 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8fa393a6d7 Minor cleanup of GiST code, for readability.
Remove the gistcentryinit function, inlining the relevant part of it into
the only caller.
2015-03-26 19:11:54 +02:00
Tom Lane
bed756a820 Suppress some unused-variable complaints in new LOCK_DEBUG code.
Jeff Janes
2015-03-26 12:00:30 -04:00
Tatsuo Ishii
656ea810e5 Make SyncRepWakeQueue to a static function
It is only used in src/backend/replication/syncrep.c.

Back-patch to all supported branches except 9.1 which declares the
function as static.
2015-03-26 10:34:08 +09:00
Tom Lane
a4847fc3ef Add an ASSERT statement in plpgsql.
This is meant to make it easier to insert simple debugging cross-checks
in plpgsql functions.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Jim Nasby
2015-03-25 19:05:32 -04:00
Andres Freund
83ff1618bc Centralize definition of integer limits.
Several submitted and even committed patches have run into the problem
that C89, our baseline, does not provide minimum/maximum values for
various integer datatypes. C99's stdint.h does, but we can't rely on
it.

Several parts of the code defined limits locally, so instead centralize
the definitions to c.h.

This patch also changes the more obvious usages of literal limit values;
there's more places that could be changed, but it's less clear whether
it's beneficial to change those.

Author: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: 87619tc5wc.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2015-03-25 22:39:42 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
bdc3d7fa23 Return ObjectAddress in many ALTER TABLE sub-routines
Since commit a2e35b53c3, most CREATE and ALTER commands return the
ObjectAddress of the affected object.  This is useful for event triggers
to try to figure out exactly what happened.  This patch extends this
idea a bit further to cover ALTER TABLE as well: an auxiliary
ObjectAddress is returned for each of several subcommands of ALTER
TABLE.  This makes it possible to decode with precision what happened
during execution of any ALTER TABLE command; for instance, which
constraint was added by ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT, or which parent got
dropped from the parents list by ALTER TABLE NO INHERIT.

As with the previous patch, there is no immediate user-visible change
here.

This is all really just continuing what c504513f83 started.

Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-25 17:17:56 -03:00
Tom Lane
06bf0dd6e3 Upgrade src/port/rint.c to be POSIX-compliant.
The POSIX spec says that rint() rounds halfway cases to nearest even.
Our substitute implementation failed to do that, rather rounding halfway
cases away from zero; and it also got some other cases (such as minus
zero) wrong.  This led to observable cross-platform differences, as
reported in bug #12885 from Rich Schaaf; in particular, casting from
float to int didn't honor round-to-nearest-even on builds using rint.c.

Implement something that attempts to cover all cases per spec, and add
some simple regression tests so that we'll notice if any platforms still
get this wrong.

Although this is a bug fix, no back-patch, as a behavioral change in
the back branches was agreed not to be a good idea.

Pedro Gimeno Fortea, reviewed by Michael Paquier and myself
2015-03-25 15:54:18 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
2ed5b87f96 Reduce pinning and buffer content locking for btree scans.
Even though the main benefit of the Lehman and Yao algorithm for
btrees is that no locks need be held between page reads in an
index search, we were holding a buffer pin on each leaf page after
it was read until we were ready to read the next one.  The reason
was so that we could treat this as a weak lock to create an
"interlock" with vacuum's deletion of heap line pointers, even
though our README file pointed out that this was not necessary for
a scan using an MVCC snapshot.

The main goal of this patch is to reduce the blocking of vacuum
processes by in-progress btree index scans (including a cursor
which is idle), but the code rearrangement also allows for one
less buffer content lock to be taken when a forward scan steps from
one page to the next, which results in a small but consistent
performance improvement in many workloads.

This patch leaves behavior unchanged for some cases, which can be
addressed separately so that each case can be evaluated on its own
merits.  These unchanged cases are when a scan uses a non-MVCC
snapshot, an index-only scan, and a scan of a btree index for which
modifications are not WAL-logged.  If later patches allow  all of
these cases to drop the buffer pin after reading a leaf page, then
the btree vacuum process can be simplified; it will no longer need
the "super-exclusive" lock to delete tuples from a page.

Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas and Kyotaro Horiguchi
2015-03-25 14:24:43 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
8217fb1441 Add OID output argument to DefineTSConfiguration
... which is set to the OID of a copied text search config, whenever the
COPY clause is used.

This is in the spirit of commit a2e35b53c3.
2015-03-25 15:57:08 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
b3196e65f5 Fix bug for array-formatted identities of user mappings
I failed to realize that server names reported in the object args array
would get quoted, which is wrong; remove that, making sure that it's
only quoted in the string-formatted identity.

This bug was introduced by my commit cf34e373, which was backpatched,
but since object name/args arrays are new in commit a676201490, there
is no need to backpatch this any further.
2015-03-25 14:28:34 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
dc8e05295a Fix gram.y comment to match reality
There are other comments in there that don't precisely match what's
implemented, but this one confused me enough to be worth fixing.
2015-03-25 14:16:47 -03:00
Bruce Momjian
376a0c4547 psql: show proper row count in \x mode for zero-column output
Also, fix pager enable selection for such cases, and other cleanups for
zero-column output.

Report by Thom Brown
2015-03-24 21:04:10 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
1d8198bb44 Add support for ALTER TABLE IF EXISTS ... RENAME CONSTRAINT
Also add regression test.  Previously this was documented to work, but
didn't.
2015-03-24 19:52:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
feeb526cfe Fix ExecOpenScanRelation to take a lock on a ROW_MARK_COPY relation.
ExecOpenScanRelation assumed that any relation listed in the ExecRowMark
list has been locked by InitPlan; but this is not true if the rel's
markType is ROW_MARK_COPY, which is possible if it's a foreign table.

In most (possibly all) cases, failure to acquire a lock here isn't really
problematic because the parser, planner, or plancache would have taken the
appropriate lock already.  In principle though it might leave us vulnerable
to working with a relation that we hold no lock on, and in any case if the
executor isn't depending on previously-taken locks otherwise then it should
not do so for ROW_MARK_COPY relations.

Noted by Etsuro Fujita.  Back-patch to all active versions, since the
inconsistency has been there a long time.  (It's almost certainly
irrelevant in 9.0, since that predates foreign tables, but the code's
still wrong on its own terms.)
2015-03-24 15:53:06 -04:00
Tom Lane
e5f455f59f Apply table and domain CHECK constraints in name order.
Previously, CHECK constraints of the same scope were checked in whatever
order they happened to be read from pg_constraint.  (Usually, but not
reliably, this would be creation order for domain constraints and reverse
creation order for table constraints, because of differing implementation
details.)  Nondeterministic results of this sort are problematic at least
for testing purposes, and in discussion it was agreed to be a violation of
the principle of least astonishment.  Therefore, borrow the principle
already established for triggers, and apply such checks in name order
(using strcmp() sort rules).  This lets users control the check order
if they have a mind to.

Domain CHECK constraints still follow the rule of checking lower nested
domains' constraints first; the name sort only applies to multiple
constraints attached to the same domain.

In passing, I failed to resist the temptation to wordsmith a bit in
create_domain.sgml.

Apply to HEAD only, since this could result in a behavioral change in
existing applications, and the potential regression test failures have
not actually been observed in our buildfarm.
2015-03-23 16:59:35 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
871293fb7f vacuumdb: Check result status of PQsendQuery
Noticed by Coverity
2015-03-23 15:57:11 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4babae1a86 Try to fix MSVC build of pg_rewind.
It worked in my Windows VM with VS2013, but buildfarm animal mastodon,
running MSVC 2005, was not happy. Amit Kapila also reported a similar error
earlier in his environment. Let's see if this helps.
2015-03-23 20:26:49 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
61081e75c6 Add pg_rewind, for re-synchronizing a master server after failback.
Earlier versions of this tool were available (and still are) on github.

Thanks to Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera, Peter Eisentraut, Amit Kapila,
and Satoshi Nagayasu for review.
2015-03-23 19:47:52 +02:00
Andres Freund
87cec51d3a Don't delay replication for less than recovery_min_apply_delay's resolution.
Recovery delays are implemented by waiting on a latch, and latches take
milliseconds as a parameter. The required amount of waiting was computed
using microsecond resolution though and the wait loop's abort condition
was checking the delay in microseconds as well.  This could lead to
short spurts of busy looping when the overall wait time was below a
millisecond, but above 0 microseconds.

Instead just formulate the wait loop's abort condition in millisecond
granularity as well. Given that that's recovery_min_apply_delay
resolution, it seems harmless to not wait for less than a millisecond.

Backpatch to 9.4 where recovery_min_apply_delay was introduced.

Discussion: 20150323141819.GH26995@alap3.anarazel.de
2015-03-23 16:51:11 +01:00
Andres Freund
a1105c3dd4 Fix copy & paste error in 4f1b890b13.
Due to the bug delayed standbys would not delay when applying prepared
transactions.

Discussion: CAB7nPqT6BO1cCn+sAyDByBxA4EKZNAiPi2mFJ=ANeZmnmewRyg@mail.gmail.com

Michael Paquier via Coverity.
2015-03-23 15:53:40 +01:00
Robert Haas
372b97097e Remove ill-advised pre-check for DSM segment exhaustion.
dsm_control->nitems never decreases, so this is testing whether the
server has *ever* run out of DSM segments, not whether it is
*currently* out of DSM segments.

Reported off-list by Amit Kapila.
2015-03-23 09:58:56 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
33a2c5ecd6 to_char: revert cc0d90b73b
Revert "to_char(float4/8):  zero pad to specified length".  There are
too many platform-specific problems, and the proper rounding is missing.
Also revert companion patch 9d61b9953c.
2015-03-22 22:56:56 -04:00
Andres Freund
59b0a98af0 Fix minor copy & pasto in the int128 accumulator patch.
It's unlikely that using PG_GETARG_INT16 instead of PG_GETARG_INT32 in
this pace can cause actual problems, but this still should be fixed.
2015-03-22 19:53:38 +01:00
Tom Lane
cb1ca4d800 Allow foreign tables to participate in inheritance.
Foreign tables can now be inheritance children, or parents.  Much of the
system was already ready for this, but we had to fix a few things of
course, mostly in the area of planner and executor handling of row locks.

As side effects of this, allow foreign tables to have NOT VALID CHECK
constraints (and hence to accept ALTER ... VALIDATE CONSTRAINT), and to
accept ALTER SET STORAGE and ALTER SET WITH/WITHOUT OIDS.  Continuing to
disallow these things would've required bizarre and inconsistent special
cases in inheritance behavior.  Since foreign tables don't enforce CHECK
constraints anyway, a NOT VALID one is a complete no-op, but that doesn't
mean we shouldn't allow it.  And it's possible that some FDWs might have
use for SET STORAGE or SET WITH OIDS, though doubtless they will be no-ops
for most.

An additional change in support of this is that when a ModifyTable node
has multiple target tables, they will all now be explicitly identified
in EXPLAIN output, for example:

 Update on pt1  (cost=0.00..321.05 rows=3541 width=46)
   Update on pt1
   Foreign Update on ft1
   Foreign Update on ft2
   Update on child3
   ->  Seq Scan on pt1  (cost=0.00..0.00 rows=1 width=46)
   ->  Foreign Scan on ft1  (cost=100.00..148.03 rows=1170 width=46)
   ->  Foreign Scan on ft2  (cost=100.00..148.03 rows=1170 width=46)
   ->  Seq Scan on child3  (cost=0.00..25.00 rows=1200 width=46)

This was done mainly to provide an unambiguous place to attach "Remote SQL"
fields, but it is useful for inherited updates even when no foreign tables
are involved.

Shigeru Hanada and Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat and Kyotaro
Horiguchi, some additional hacking by me
2015-03-22 13:53:21 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
8ac356cde3 rm src/test/performance
Last changed in 1997.

Report by Andres Freund
2015-03-21 22:21:20 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
1c7087af42 Add TOAST table to pg_shseclabel for long label use
Report by Andres Freund
2015-03-21 22:14:49 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
34afbba84e Use mmap MAP_NOSYNC option to limit shared memory writes
mmap() is rarely used for shared memory, but when it is, this option is
useful, particularly on the BSDs.

Patch by Sean Chittenden
2015-03-21 22:06:19 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
9d61b9953c to_char(float4/8): don't print "junk" digits
Commit cc0d90b73b also avoids printing
junk digits, which are digits that are beyond the precision of the
underlying type.
2015-03-21 21:50:03 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
cc0d90b73b to_char(float4/8): zero pad to specified length
Previously, zero padding was limited to the internal length, rather than
the specified length.  This allows it to match to_char(int/numeric), which
always padded to the specified length.

Regression tests added.

BACKWARD INCOMPATIBILITY
2015-03-21 21:43:36 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1933a5bbc8 Make pg_xlogdump MSVC build work more like others.
Instead of copying xlogreader.c and *desc.c files into the source directory,
build them where they are. That's what we do for other binaries that need to
compile and link in files from elsewhere in the source tree.

The commit history suggests that it was done this way because of issues with
older versions of MSVC. I think this should work, but we'll see if the
buildfarm complains.
2015-03-21 11:56:48 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
30a5ce8f5d pg_recvlogical: update --help description
Patch by Euler Taveira
2015-03-20 22:15:48 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0c8fa710b6 C comment: clearify SQL command mention
Patch by Amit Langote
2015-03-20 18:30:30 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
159134b695 vacuumdb --help text: clarify analyze-only
Patch by Mats Erik Andersson
2015-03-20 17:17:30 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
13a10c0ccd C comment: update lock level mention in comment
Patch by Etsuro Fujita
2015-03-20 08:31:13 -04:00
Andres Freund
959277a4f5 Use 128-bit math to accelerate some aggregation functions.
On platforms where we support 128bit integers, use them to implement
faster transition functions for sum(int8), avg(int8),
var_*(int2/int4),stdev_*(int2/int4). Where not supported continue to use
numeric as a transition type.

In some synthetic benchmarks this has been shown to provide significant
speedups.

Bumps catversion.

Discussion: 544BB5F1.50709@proxel.se
Author: Andreas Karlsson
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Petr Jelinek, Andres Freund,
    Oskari Saarenmaa, David Rowley
2015-03-20 10:29:32 +01:00
Andres Freund
8122e1437e Add, optional, support for 128bit integers.
We will, for the foreseeable future, not expose 128 bit datatypes to
SQL. But being able to use 128bit math will allow us, in a later patch,
to use 128bit accumulators for some aggregates; leading to noticeable
speedups over using numeric.

So far we only detect a gcc/clang extension that supports 128bit math,
but no 128bit literals, and no *printf support. We might want to expand
this in the future to further compilers; if there are any that that
provide similar support.

Discussion: 544BB5F1.50709@proxel.se
Author: Andreas Karlsson, with significant editorializing by me
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Oskari Saarenmaa
2015-03-20 10:26:17 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
28beb69f8b Fix whitespace 2015-03-19 22:18:46 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
05d1910c1c regression tests: remove polygon diagrams
The diagrams were inaccurate.

Report by Emre Hasegeli
2015-03-19 22:10:52 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
788e799ed4 psql: allow DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY in AUTOCOMMIT off mode
Previously this threw an error.

Patch by Feike Steenbergen
2015-03-19 21:17:10 -04:00
Stephen Frost
bf03889996 GetUserId() changes to has_privs_of_role()
The pg_stat and pg_signal-related functions have been using GetUserId()
instead of has_privs_of_role() for checking if the current user should
be able to see details in pg_stat_activity or signal other processes,
requiring a user to do 'SET ROLE' for inheirited roles for a permissions
check, unlike other permissions checks.

This patch changes that behavior to, instead, act like most other
permission checks and use has_privs_of_role(), removing the 'SET ROLE'
need.  Documentation and error messages updated accordingly.

Per discussion with Alvaro, Peter, Adam (though not using Adam's patch),
and Robert.

Reviewed by Jeevan Chalke.
2015-03-19 15:02:33 -04:00
Robert Haas
12968cf408 Add flags argument to dsm_create.
Right now, there's only one flag, DSM_CREATE_NULL_IF_MAXSEGMENTS,
which suppresses the error that would normally be thrown when the
maximum number of segments already exists, instead returning NULL.
It might be useful to add more flags in the future, such as one to
ignore allocation errors, but I haven't done that here.
2015-03-19 13:03:03 -04:00
Robert Haas
bf740ce9e5 Fix status reporting for terminated bgworkers that were never started.
Previously, GetBackgroundWorkerPid() would return BGWH_NOT_YET_STARTED
if the slot used for the worker registration had not been reused by
unrelated activity, and BGWH_STOPPED if it had.  Either way, a process
that had requested notification when the state of one of its
background workers changed did not receive such notifications.  Fix
things so that GetBackgroundWorkerPid() always returns BGWH_STOPPED in
this situation, so that we do not erroneously give waiters the
impression that the worker will eventually be started; and send
notifications just as we would if the process terminated after having
been started, so that it's possible to wait for the postmaster to
process a worker termination request without polling.

Discovered by Amit Kapila during testing of parallel sequential scan.
Analysis and fix by me.  Back-patch to 9.4; there may not be anyone
relying on this interface yet, but if anyone is, the new behavior is a
clear improvement.
2015-03-19 11:04:09 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
13dbc7a824 array_offset() and array_offsets()
These functions return the offset position or positions of a value in an
array.

Author: Pavel Stěhule
Reviewed by: Jim Nasby
2015-03-18 16:01:34 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
f9dead5624 Install shared libraries to bin/ in Windows under MSVC
Since commit cb4a3b04 we were already doing this for the Cygwin/mingw
toolchains, but MSVC had not been updated to do it.  At Install.pm time,
the Makefile (or GNUmakefile) is inspected, and if a line matching
SO_MAJOR_VERSION is found (indicating a shared library is being built),
then files with the .dll extension are set to be installed in bin/
rather than lib/, while files with .lib extension are installed in lib/.
This makes the MSVC toolchain up to date with cygwin/mingw.

This removes ad-hoc hacks that were copying files into bin/ or lib/
manually (libpq.dll in particular was already being copied into bin).
So while this is a rather ugly kludge, it's still cleaner than what was
there before.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed by: Asif Naeem
2015-03-18 15:16:29 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
b8d226b4f9 Setup cursor position for schema-qualified elements
This makes any errors thrown while looking up such schemas report the
position of the error.

Author: Ryan Kelly
Reviewed by: Jeevan Chalke, Tom Lane
2015-03-18 14:48:02 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
0d83138974 Rationalize vacuuming options and parameters
We were involving the parser too much in setting up initial vacuuming
parameters.  This patch moves that responsibility elsewhere to simplify
code, and also to make future additions easier.  To do this, create a
new struct VacuumParams which is filled just prior to vacuum execution,
instead of at parse time; for user-invoked vacuuming this is set up in a
new function ExecVacuum, while autovacuum sets it up by itself.

While at it, add a new member VACOPT_SKIPTOAST to enum VacuumOption,
only set by autovacuum, which is used to disable vacuuming of the toast
table instead of the old do_toast parameter; this relieves the argument
list of vacuum() and some callees a bit.  This partially makes up for
having added more arguments in an effort to avoid having autovacuum from
constructing a VacuumStmt parse node.

Author: Michael Paquier. Some tweaks by Álvaro
Reviewed by: Robert Haas, Stephen Frost, Álvaro Herrera
2015-03-18 11:52:33 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
a190738457 Fix out-of-array-bounds compiler warning
Since the array length check is using a post-increment operator, the
compiler complains that there's a potential write to one element beyond
the end of the array.  This is not possible currently: the only path to
this function is through pg_get_object_address(), which already verifies
that the input array is no more than two elements in length.  Still, a
bug is a bug.

No idea why my compiler doesn't complain about this ...

Pointed out by Dead Rasheed and Peter Eisentraut
2015-03-16 22:35:45 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
a61fd5334e Support opfamily members in get_object_address
In the spirit of 890192e99a and 4464303405: have get_object_address
understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects.  There is no way to
refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost
always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them.
(The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR
FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus
does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.)
In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual
amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to
do so as well.

To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes
the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies:
instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the
first element of the objnames array.  This enables the new code to use
objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc.

Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 12:06:34 -03:00
Tom Lane
7b8b8a4331 Improve representation of PlanRowMark.
This patch fixes two inadequacies of the PlanRowMark representation.

First, that the original LockingClauseStrength isn't stored (and cannot be
inferred for foreign tables, which always get ROW_MARK_COPY).  Since some
PlanRowMarks are created out of whole cloth and don't actually have an
ancestral RowMarkClause, this requires adding a dummy LCS_NONE value to
enum LockingClauseStrength, which is fairly annoying but the alternatives
seem worse.  This fix allows getting rid of the use of get_parse_rowmark()
in FDWs (as per the discussion around commits 462bd95705 and
8ec8760fc8), and it simplifies some things elsewhere.

Second, that the representation assumed that all child tables in an
inheritance hierarchy would use the same RowMarkType.  That's true today
but will soon not be true.  We add an "allMarkTypes" field that identifies
the union of mark types used in all a parent table's children, and use
that where appropriate (currently, only in preprocess_targetlist()).

In passing fix a couple of minor infelicities left over from the SKIP
LOCKED patch, notably that _outPlanRowMark still thought waitPolicy
is a bool.

Catversion bump is required because the numeric values of enum
LockingClauseStrength can appear in on-disk rules.

Extracted from a much larger patch to support foreign table inheritance;
it seemed worth breaking this out, since it's a separable concern.

Shigeru Hanada and Etsuro Fujita, somewhat modified by me
2015-03-15 18:41:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
9fac5fd741 Move LockClauseStrength, LockWaitPolicy into new file nodes/lockoptions.h.
Commit df630b0dd5 moved enum LockWaitPolicy
into its very own header file utils/lockwaitpolicy.h, which does not seem
like a great idea from here.  First, it's still a node-related declaration,
and second, a file named like that can never sensibly be used for anything
else.  I do not think we want to encourage a one-typedef-per-header-file
approach.  The upcoming foreign table inheritance patch was doubling down
on this bad idea by moving enum LockClauseStrength into its *own*
can-never-be-used-for-anything-else file.  Instead, let's put them both in
a file named nodes/lockoptions.h.  (They do seem to need a separate header
file because we need them in both parsenodes.h and plannodes.h, and we
don't want either of those including the other.  Past practice might
suggest adding them to nodes/nodes.h, but they don't seem sufficiently
globally useful to justify that.)

Committed separately since there's no functional change here, just some
header-file refactoring.
2015-03-15 15:19:04 -04:00
Andres Freund
4f1b890b13 Merge the various forms of transaction commit & abort records.
Since 465883b0a two versions of commit records have existed. A compact
version that was used when no cache invalidations, smgr unlinks and
similar were needed, and a full version that could deal with all
that. Additionally the full version was embedded into twophase commit
records.

That resulted in a measurable reduction in the size of the logged WAL in
some workloads. But more recently additions like logical decoding, which
e.g. needs information about the database something was executed on,
made it applicable in fewer situations. The static split generally made
it hard to expand the commit record, because concerns over the size made
it hard to add anything to the compact version.

Additionally it's not particularly pretty to have twophase.c insert
RM_XACT records.

Rejigger things so that the commit and abort records only have one form
each, including the twophase equivalents. The presence of the various
optional (in the sense of not being in every record) pieces is indicated
by a bits in the 'xinfo' flag.  That flag previously was not included in
compact commit records. To prevent an increase in size due to its
presence, it's only included if necessary; signalled by a bit in the
xl_info bits available for xact.c, similar to heapam.c's
XLOG_HEAP_OPMASK/XLOG_HEAP_INIT_PAGE.

Twophase commit/aborts are now the same as their normal
counterparts. The original transaction's xid is included in an optional
data field.

This means that commit records generally are smaller, except in the case
of a transaction with subtransactions, but no other special cases; the
increase there is four bytes, which seems acceptable given that the more
common case of not having subtransactions shrank.  The savings are
especially measurable for twophase commits, which previously always used
the full version; but will in practice only infrequently have required
that.

The motivation for this work are not the space savings and and
deduplication though; it's that it makes it easier to extend commit
records with additional information. That's just a few lines of code
now; without impacting the common case where that information is not
needed.

Discussion: 20150220152150.GD4149@awork2.anarazel.de,
    235610.92468.qm%40web29004.mail.ird.yahoo.com

Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Simon Riggs
2015-03-15 17:37:07 +01:00
Andres Freund
a0f5954af1 Increase max_wal_size's default from 128MB to 1GB.
The introduction of min_wal_size & max_wal_size in 88e9823026 makes it
feasible to increase the default upper bound in checkpoint
size. Previously raising the default would lead to a increased disk
footprint, even if more segments weren't beneficial.  The low default of
checkpoint size is one of common performance problem users have thus
increasing the default makes sense.  Setups where the increase in
maximum disk usage is a problem will very likely have to run with a
modified configuration anyway.

Discussion: 54F4EFB8.40202@agliodbs.com,
    CA+TgmoZEAgX5oMGJOHVj8L7XOkAe05Gnf45rP40m-K3FhZRVKg@mail.gmail.com

Author: Josh Berkus, after a discussion involving lots of people.
2015-03-15 17:37:07 +01:00
Andres Freund
241f088f36 Adjust valgrind suppressions wrt 025c02420. 2015-03-15 17:37:07 +01:00
Andres Freund
51c11a7025 Remove pause_at_recovery_target recovery.conf setting.
The new recovery_target_action (introduced in aedccb1f6/b8e33a85d4)
replaces it's functionality. Having both seems likely to cause more
confusion than it saves worry due to the incompatibility.

Discussion: 5484FC53.2060903@2ndquadrant.com
Author: Petr Jelinek
2015-03-15 17:37:07 +01:00
Fujii Masao
cd6c45cbee Suppress maybe-uninitialized compiler warnings.
Previously some compilers were thinking that the variables that
57aa5b2 added maybe-uninitialized.

Spotted by Andres Freund
2015-03-15 10:40:43 +09:00
Tom Lane
5ff683962e Remove obsolete comment.
Obsoleted by commit 21dcda2713, but I missed
seeing the cross-reference in the comments for exec_eval_integer().

Also improve the cross-reference in the comments for exec_eval_cleanup().
2015-03-14 17:07:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
91f4a5a976 Build src/port/dirmod.c only on Windows.
Since commit ba7c5975ad, port/dirmod.c
has contained only Windows-specific functions.  Most platforms don't
seem to mind uselessly building an empty file, but OS X for one issues
warnings.  Hence, treat dirmod.c as a Windows-specific file selected
by configure rather than one that's always built.  We can revert this
change if dirmod.c ever gains any non-Windows functionality again.

Back-patch to 9.4 where the mentioned commit appeared.
2015-03-14 14:08:45 -04:00
Tom Lane
df9ebf1eea Remove workaround for ancient incompatibility between readline and libedit.
GNU readline defines the return value of write_history() as "zero if OK,
else an errno code".  libedit's version of that function used to have a
different definition (to wit, "-1 if error, else the number of lines
written to the file").  We tried to work around that by checking whether
errno had become nonzero, but this method has never been kosher according
to the published API of either library.  It's reportedly completely broken
in recent Ubuntu releases: psql bleats about "No such file or directory"
when saving ~/.psql_history, even though the write worked fine.

However, libedit has been following the readline definition since somewhere
around 2006, so it seems all right to finally break compatibility with
ancient libedit releases and trust that the return value is what readline
specifies.  (I'm not sure when the various Linux distributions incorporated
this fix, but I did find that OS X has been shipping fixed versions since
10.5/Leopard.)

If anyone is still using such an ancient libedit, they will find that psql
complains it can't write ~/.psql_history at exit, even when the file was
written correctly.  This is no worse than the behavior we're fixing for
current releases.

Back-patch to all supported branches.
2015-03-14 13:43:00 -04:00
Tatsuo Ishii
364c006c1f Fix integer overflow in debug message of walreceiver
The message tries to tell the replication apply delay which fails if
the first WAL record is not applied yet. Fix is, instead of telling
overflowed minus numeric, showing "N/A" which indicates that the delay
data is not yet available. Problem reported by me and patch by
Fabrízio de Royes Mello.

Back patched to 9.4, 9.3 and 9.2 stable branches (9.1 and 9.0 do not
have the debug message).
2015-03-14 08:16:50 +09:00
Tom Lane
443fd0540e Ensure tableoid reads correctly in EvalPlanQual-manufactured tuples.
The ROW_MARK_COPY path in EvalPlanQualFetchRowMarks() was just setting
tableoid to InvalidOid, I think on the assumption that the referenced
RTE must be a subquery or other case without a meaningful OID.  However,
foreign tables also use this code path, and they do have meaningful
table OIDs; so failure to set the tuple field can lead to user-visible
misbehavior.  Fix that by fetching the appropriate OID from the range
table.

There's still an issue about whether CTID can ever have a meaningful
value in this case; at least with postgres_fdw foreign tables, it does.
But that is a different problem that seems to require a significantly
different patch --- it's debatable whether postgres_fdw really wants to
use this code path at all.

Simplified version of a patch by Etsuro Fujita, who also noted the
problem to begin with.  The issue can be demonstrated in all versions
having FDWs, so back-patch to 9.1.
2015-03-12 13:39:09 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
26d2c5dc8d Fix memory leaks in GIN index vacuum.
Per bug #12850 by Walter Nordmann. Backpatch to 9.4 where the leak was
introduced.
2015-03-12 15:34:32 +01:00
Tom Lane
f4abd0241d Support flattening of empty-FROM subqueries and one-row VALUES tables.
We can't handle this in the general case due to limitations of the
planner's data representations; but we can allow it in many useful cases,
by being careful to flatten only when we are pulling a single-row subquery
up into a FROM (or, equivalently, inner JOIN) node that will still have at
least one remaining relation child.  Per discussion of an example from
Kyotaro Horiguchi.
2015-03-11 23:18:03 -04:00
Tom Lane
b746d0c32d Fix old bug in get_loop_count().
While poking at David Kubečka's issue I noticed an ancient logic error
in get_loop_count(): it used 1.0 as a "no data yet" indicator, but since
that is actually a valid rowcount estimate, this doesn't work.  If we
have one input relation with 1.0 as rowcount and then another one with
a larger rowcount, we should use 1.0 as the result, but we picked the
larger rowcount instead.  (I think when I coded this, I recognized the
conflict, but mistakenly thought that the logic would pick the desired
count anyway.)

Fixing this changed the plan for one existing regression test case.
Since the point of that test is to exercise creation of a particular
shape of nestloop plan, I tweaked the query a little bit so it still
results in the same plan choice.

This is definitely a bug, but I'm hesitant to back-patch since it might
change plan choices unexpectedly, and anyway failure to implement a
heuristic precisely as intended is a pretty low-grade bug.
2015-03-11 22:53:32 -04:00
Tom Lane
b55722692b Improve planner's cost estimation in the presence of semijoins.
If we have a semijoin, say
	SELECT * FROM x WHERE x1 IN (SELECT y1 FROM y)
and we're estimating the cost of a parameterized indexscan on x, the number
of repetitions of the indexscan should not be taken as the size of y; it'll
really only be the number of distinct values of y1, because the only valid
plan with y on the outside of a nestloop would require y to be unique-ified
before joining it to x.  Most of the time this doesn't make that much
difference, but sometimes it can lead to drastically underestimating the
cost of the indexscan and hence choosing a bad plan, as pointed out by
David Kubečka.

Fixing this is a bit difficult because parameterized indexscans are costed
out quite early in the planning process, before we have the information
that would be needed to call estimate_num_groups() and thereby estimate the
number of distinct values of the join column(s).  However we can move the
code that extracts a semijoin RHS's unique-ification columns, so that it's
done in initsplan.c rather than on-the-fly in create_unique_path().  That
shouldn't make any difference speed-wise and it's really a bit cleaner too.

The other bit of information we need is the size of the semijoin RHS,
which is easy if it's a single relation (we make those estimates before
considering indexscan costs) but problematic if it's a join relation.
The solution adopted here is just to use the product of the sizes of the
join component rels.  That will generally be an overestimate, but since
estimate_num_groups() only uses this input as a clamp, an overestimate
shouldn't hurt us too badly.  In any case we don't allow this new logic
to produce a value larger than we would have chosen before, so that at
worst an overestimate leaves us no wiser than we were before.
2015-03-11 21:21:00 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
ff2faeec5c PL/Python: Fix regression tests for Python 3 2015-03-11 18:30:56 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
4464303405 Support default ACLs in get_object_address
In the spirit of 890192e99a, this time add support for the things
living in the pg_default_acl catalog.  These are not really "objects",
but they show up as such in event triggers.

There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't
look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so
I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c.  (That might be a bug in
itself, but that would be material for another commit.)

Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 19:23:47 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
d4d7777548 Fix libpq test expected output file
Evidently, this test is not run very frequently ...
2015-03-11 17:04:27 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
890192e99a Support user mappings in get_object_address
Since commit 72dd233d3e we were trying to obtain object addressing
information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when
the drops involved user mappings.  This addition enables that to work
again.  Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects
now, too.

I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and
using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production,
but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the
specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify
the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found"
which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless
we added even more special cases).  For another thing, it would require
to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used
by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when
pg_get_object_address is involved.  So I dropped this part for now.

Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 17:04:27 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
1ce7a57ca6 PL/Python: Avoid lossiness in float conversion
PL/Python uses str() to convert Python values back to PostgreSQL, but
str() is lossy for float values, so use repr() instead in that case.

Author: Marko Kreen <markokr@gmail.com>
2015-03-11 15:46:06 -04:00
Robert Haas
bc93ac12c2 Require non-NULL pstate for all addRangeTableEntryFor* functions.
Per discussion, it's better to have a consistent coding rule here.

Michael Paquier, per a node from Greg Stark referencing an old post
from Tom Lane.
2015-03-11 15:26:43 -04:00
Tom Lane
c6b3c939b7 Make operator precedence follow the SQL standard more closely.
While the SQL standard is pretty vague on the overall topic of operator
precedence (because it never presents a unified BNF for all expressions),
it does seem reasonable to conclude from the spec for <boolean value
expression> that OR has the lowest precedence, then AND, then NOT, then IS
tests, then the six standard comparison operators, then everything else
(since any non-boolean operator in a WHERE clause would need to be an
argument of one of these).

We were only sort of on board with that: most notably, while "<" ">" and
"=" had properly low precedence, "<=" ">=" and "<>" were treated as generic
operators and so had significantly higher precedence.  And "IS" tests were
even higher precedence than those, which is very clearly wrong per spec.

Another problem was that "foo NOT SOMETHING bar" constructs, such as
"x NOT LIKE y", were treated inconsistently because of a bison
implementation artifact: they had the documented precedence with respect
to operators to their right, but behaved like NOT (i.e., very low priority)
with respect to operators to their left.

Fixing the precedence issues is just a small matter of rearranging the
precedence declarations in gram.y, except for the NOT problem, which
requires adding an additional lookahead case in base_yylex() so that we
can attach a different token precedence to NOT LIKE and allied two-word
operators.

The bulk of this patch is not the bug fix per se, but adding logic to
parse_expr.c to allow giving warnings if an expression has changed meaning
because of these precedence changes.  These warnings are off by default
and are enabled by the new GUC operator_precedence_warning.  It's believed
that very few applications will be affected by these changes, but it was
agreed that a warning mechanism is essential to help debug any that are.
2015-03-11 13:22:52 -04:00
Tom Lane
21dcda2713 Allocate ParamListInfo once per plpgsql function, not once per expression.
setup_param_list() was allocating a fresh ParamListInfo for each query or
expression evaluation requested by a plpgsql function.  There was probably
once good reason to do it like that, but for a long time we've had a
convention that there's a one-to-one mapping between the function's
PLpgSQL_datum array and the ParamListInfo slots, which means that a single
ParamListInfo can serve all the function's evaluation requests: the data
that would need to be passed is the same anyway.

In this patch, we retain the pattern of zeroing out the ParamListInfo
contents during each setup_param_list() call, because some of the slots may
be stale and we don't know exactly which ones.  So this patch only saves a
palloc/pfree per evaluation cycle and nothing more; still, that seems to be
good for a couple percent overall speedup on simple-arithmetic type
statements.  In future, though, we might be able to improve matters still
more by managing the param array contents more carefully.

Also, unify the former use of estate->cur_expr with that of
paramLI->parserSetupArg; they both were used to point to the active
expression, so we can combine the variables into just one.
2015-03-11 12:40:43 -04:00
Robert Haas
e529cd4ffa Suggest to the user the column they may have meant to reference.
Error messages informing the user that no such column exists can
sometimes provoke a perplexed response.  This often happens due to
a subtle typo in the column name or, perhaps less likely, in the
alias name.  To speed discovery of what the real issue is in such
cases, we'll now search the range table for approximate matches.
If there are one or two such matches that are good enough to think
that they might be what the user intended to type, and better than
all other approximate matches, we'll issue a hint suggesting that
the user might have intended to reference those columns.

Peter Geoghegan and Robert Haas
2015-03-11 10:44:04 -04:00
Andres Freund
bbfd7edae5 Add macros wrapping all usage of gcc's __attribute__.
Until now __attribute__() was defined to be empty for all compilers but
gcc. That's problematic because it prevents using it in other compilers;
which is necessary e.g. for atomics portability.  It's also just
generally dubious to do so in a header as widely included as c.h.

Instead add pg_attribute_format_arg, pg_attribute_printf,
pg_attribute_noreturn macros which are implemented in the compilers that
understand them. Also add pg_attribute_noreturn and pg_attribute_packed,
but don't provide fallbacks, since they can affect functionality.

This means that external code that, possibly unwittingly, relied on
__attribute__ defined to be empty on !gcc compilers may now run into
warnings or errors on those compilers. But there shouldn't be many
occurances of that and it's hard to work around...

Discussion: 54B58BA3.8040302@ohmu.fi
Author: Oskari Saarenmaa, with some minor changes by me.
2015-03-11 14:30:01 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
66ece312f9 Refactor Mkvcbuild.pm to facilitate modules migrations
This is in preparation to "upgrade" some modules from contrib/ to
src/bin/, per discussion.

Author: Michael Paquier
2015-03-11 10:21:01 -03:00
Fujii Masao
57aa5b2bb1 Add GUC to enable compression of full page images stored in WAL.
When newly-added GUC parameter, wal_compression, is on, the PostgreSQL server
compresses a full page image written to WAL when full_page_writes is on or
during a base backup. A compressed page image will be decompressed during WAL
replay. Turning this parameter on can reduce the WAL volume without increasing
the risk of unrecoverable data corruption, but at the cost of some extra CPU
spent on the compression during WAL logging and on the decompression during
WAL replay.

This commit changes the WAL format (so bumping WAL version number) so that
the one-byte flag indicating whether a full page image is compressed or not is
included in its header information. This means that the commit increases the
WAL volume one-byte per a full page image even if WAL compression is not used
at all. We can save that one-byte by borrowing one-bit from the existing field
like hole_offset in the header and using it as the flag, for example. But which
would reduce the code readability and the extensibility of the feature.
Per discussion, it's not worth paying those prices to save only one-byte, so we
decided to add the one-byte flag to the header.

This commit doesn't introduce any new compression algorithm like lz4.
Currently a full page image is compressed using the existing PGLZ algorithm.
Per discussion, we decided to use it at least in the first version of the
feature because there were no performance reports showing that its compression
ratio is unacceptably lower than that of other algorithm. Of course,
in the future, it's worth considering the support of other compression
algorithm for the better compression.

Rahila Syed and Michael Paquier, reviewed in various versions by myself,
Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Abhijit Menon-Sen and many others.
2015-03-11 15:52:24 +09:00
Tom Lane
2fbb286647 Clean up the mess from => patch.
Commit 865f14a2d3 was quite a few bricks
shy of a load: psql, ecpg, and plpgsql were all left out-of-step with
the core lexer.  Of these only the last was likely to be a fatal
problem; but still, a minimal amount of grepping, or even just reading
the comments adjacent to the places that were changed, would have found
the other places that needed to be changed.
2015-03-10 11:48:38 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
e491bd2ee3 Move BRIN page type to page's last two bytes
... which is the usual convention among AMs, so that pg_filedump and
similar utilities can tell apart pages of different AMs.  It was also
the intent of the original code, but I failed to realize that alignment
considerations would move the whole thing to the previous-to-last word
in the page.

The new definition of the associated macro makes surrounding code a bit
leaner, too.

Per note from Heikki at
http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/546A16EF.9070005@vmware.com
2015-03-10 12:27:15 -03:00
Robert Haas
865f14a2d3 Allow named parameters to be specified using => in addition to :=
SQL has standardized on => as the use of to specify named parameters,
and we've wanted for many years to support the same syntax ourselves,
but this has been complicated by the possible use of => as an operator
name.  In PostgreSQL 9.0, we began emitting a warning when an operator
named => was defined, and in PostgreSQL 9.2, we stopped shipping a
=>(text, text) operator as part of hstore.  By the time the next major
version of PostgreSQL is released, => will have been deprecated for a
full five years, so hopefully there won't be too many people still
relying on it.  We continue to support := for compatibility with
previous PostgreSQL releases.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Petr Jelinek, with a few documentation
tweaks by me.
2015-03-10 11:09:41 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
4f3924d9cd Keep CommitTs module in sync in standby and master
We allow this module to be turned off on restarts, so a restart time
check is enough to activate or deactivate the module; however, if there
is a standby replaying WAL emitted from a master which is restarted, but
the standby isn't, the state in the standby becomes inconsistent and can
easily be crashed.

Fix by activating and deactivating the module during WAL replay on
parameter change as well as on system start.

Problem reported by Fujii Masao in
http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwFhJ3CnHo1CELEfay18yg_RA-XZT-7D8NuWUoYSZ90r4Q@mail.gmail.com

Author: Petr Jelínek
2015-03-09 17:44:00 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
e3f1c24b99 Fix crasher bugs in previous commit
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES was trying to decode the list of roles in the
FOR clause as a list of names rather than of RoleSpecs; and the IN
clause in CREATE ROLE was doing the same thing.  This was evidenced by
crashes on some buildfarm machines, though on my platform this doesn't
cause a failure by mere chance; I can reproduce the failures only by
adding some padding in struct RoleSpecs.

Fix by dereferencing those lists as being of RoleSpecs, not string
Values.
2015-03-09 17:00:43 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
31eae6028e Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands
Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the
various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to
roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause
of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT
PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as
user specifiers in place of an explicit user name.

This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards-
mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail
to work in presence of a role named "current_user".

The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent
handling now.

Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers.

Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi.  Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera.
Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 15:41:54 -03:00
Michael Meskes
2093eb4d4c Revert "Ignore object files generated by ecpg test suite on Windows"
This reverts commit b9e538b190.
2015-03-09 18:48:13 +01:00
Robert Haas
2720e96a9b Fix handling of sortKeys field in Tuplesortstate.
Commit 5cefbf5a6c introduced an
assumption that this field would always be non-NULL when doing a merge
pass, but that's not true.  Without this fix, you can crash the server
by building a hash index that is sufficiently large relative to
maintenance_work_mem, or by triggering a large datum sort.

Commit 5ea86e6e65 changed the comments
for that field to say that it would be set in all cases except for the
hash index case, but that wasn't (and still isn't) true.

The datum-sort failure was spotted by Tomas Vondra; initial analysis
of that failure was by Peter Geoghegan.  The remaining issues were
spotted by me during review of the surrounding code, and the patch is
all my fault.
2015-03-09 10:35:41 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f1fd515b39 Move WAL-related definitions from dbcommands.h to separate header file.
This makes it easier to write frontend programs that needs to understand
the WAL record format of CREATE/DROP DATABASE. dbcommands.h cannot easily
be #included in a frontend program, because it pulls in other header files
that need backend stuff, but the new dbcommands_xlog.h header file has
fewer dependencies.
2015-03-09 15:50:49 +02:00
Michael Meskes
b9e538b190 Ignore object files generated by ecpg test suite on Windows
Patch by Michael Paquier
2015-03-09 14:38:22 +01:00
Fujii Masao
828599acec Fix typo in comment. 2015-03-09 14:39:46 +09:00
Fujii Masao
c74c04b8aa Add missing "goto err" statements in xlogreader.c.
Spotted by Andres Freund.
2015-03-09 14:31:10 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
5a2a48f036 Sort SUBDIRS variable in src/bin/Makefile
The previous order appears to have been historically grown randomness.
2015-03-08 14:09:34 -04:00
Tom Lane
ef75508efc Cast to (void *) rather than (int *) when passing int64's to PQfn().
This is a possibly-vain effort to silence a Coverity warning about
bogus endianness dependency.  The code's fine, because it takes care
of endianness issues for itself, but Coverity sees an int64 being
passed to an int* argument and not unreasonably suspects something's
wrong.  I'm not sure if putting the void* cast in the way will shut it
up; but it can't hurt and seems better from a documentation standpoint
anyway, since the pointer is not used as an int* in this code path.

Just for a bit of additional safety, verify that the result length
is 8 bytes as expected.

Back-patch to 9.3 where the code in question was added.
2015-03-08 13:58:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
01cca2c1b1 Remove struct PQArgBlock from server-side header libpq/libpq.h.
This struct is purely a client-side artifact.  Perhaps there was once
reason for the server to know it, but any such reason is lost in the
mists of time.  We certainly don't need two independent declarations
of it.
2015-03-08 13:42:59 -04:00
Tom Lane
1a0bc4c2bf Fix documentation for libpq's PQfn().
The SGML docs claimed that 1-byte integers could be sent or received with
the "isint" options, but no such behavior has ever been implemented in
pqGetInt() or pqPutInt().  The in-code documentation header for PQfn() was
even less in tune with reality, and the code itself used parameter names
matching neither the SGML docs nor its libpq-fe.h declaration.  Do a bit
of additional wordsmithing on the SGML docs while at it.

Since the business about 1-byte integers is a clear documentation bug,
back-patch to all supported branches.
2015-03-08 13:35:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
90c35a9ed0 Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM.
Fix some minor infelicities.  Some of these things were introduced in
commit fe263d115a, and some are older.
2015-03-08 12:18:43 -04:00
Tom Lane
ac0914285a Fix erroneous error message for REINDEX SYSTEM.
Missed case in commit fe263d115a.

Sawada Masahiko
2015-03-08 11:51:04 -04:00
Noah Misch
9d265ae77a Build fls.o only when AC_REPLACE_FUNCS so dictates via $(LIBOBJS).
By building it unconditionally, libpgport inadvertently replaced any
libc version of the function.  This is essentially a code cleanup; any
effect on performance is almost surely too small to notice.
2015-03-07 00:48:04 -05:00
Noah Misch
9375157073 Add CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() to the wait_pid() loop.
Though the one contemporary caller uses it in a limited way, this
function could loop indefinitely if pointed to an arbitrary PID.
2015-03-07 00:47:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
bb8582abf3 Remove rolcatupdate
This role attribute is an ancient PostgreSQL feature, but could only be
set by directly updating the system catalogs, and it doesn't have any
clearly defined use.

Author: Adam Brightwell <adam.brightwell@crunchydatasolutions.com>
2015-03-06 23:42:38 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
6510c832bb Add some more tests on event triggers
Fabien Coelho
Reviewed by Robert Haas
2015-03-06 19:14:28 -03:00
Tom Lane
e3bfe6d84d Rethink function argument sorting in pg_dump.
Commit 7b583b20b1 created an unnecessary
dump failure hazard by applying pg_get_function_identity_arguments()
to every function in the database, even those that won't get dumped.
This could result in snapshot-related problems if concurrent sessions are,
for example, creating and dropping temporary functions, as noted by Marko
Tiikkaja in bug #12832.  While this is by no means pg_dump's only such
issue with concurrent DDL, it's unfortunate that we added a new failure
mode for cases that used to work, and even more so that the failure was
created for basically cosmetic reasons (ie, to sort overloaded functions
more deterministically).

To fix, revert that patch and instead sort function arguments using
information that pg_dump has available anyway, namely the names of the
argument types.  This will produce a slightly different sort ordering for
overloaded functions than the previous coding; but applying strcmp
directly to the output of pg_get_function_identity_arguments really was
a bit odd anyway.  The sorting will still be name-based and hence
independent of possibly-installation-specific OID assignments.  A small
additional benefit is that sorting now works regardless of server version.

Back-patch to 9.3, where the previous commit appeared.
2015-03-06 13:27:46 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
cf34e373fc Fix user mapping object description
We were using "user mapping for user XYZ" as description for user mappings, but
that's ambiguous because users can have mappings on multiple foreign
servers; therefore change it to "for user XYZ on server UVW" instead.
Object identities for user mappings are also updated in the same way, in
branches 9.3 and above.

The incomplete description string was introduced together with the whole
SQL/MED infrastructure by commit cae565e503 of 8.4 era, so backpatch all
the way back.
2015-03-05 18:03:16 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
bf22d2707a Silence warning in non-assert-enabled build
An OID return value was being used only for a (rather pointless) assert.
Silence by removing the variable and the assert.

Per note from Peter Geoghegan
2015-03-05 15:38:37 -03:00
Tom Lane
3200b15b20 Remove comment claiming that PARAM_EXTERN Params always have typmod -1.
This hasn't been true in quite some time, cf plpgsql's make_datum_param().
2015-03-05 13:16:27 -05:00
Fujii Masao
934d122685 Fix typo in comment. 2015-03-05 20:15:16 +09:00
Tom Lane
a5c29d37aa Avoid unused-variable warning in non-assert builds.
Oversight in my commit b9896198cf.
2015-03-04 22:00:36 -05:00
Tom Lane
7f3014dce5 Change plpgsql's cast cache to consider source typmod as significant.
I had thought that there was no need to maintain separate cache entries
for different source typmods, but further experimentation shows that there
is an advantage to doing so in some cases.  In particular, if a domain has
a typmod (say, "CREATE DOMAIN d AS numeric(20,0)"), failing to notice the
source typmod leads to applying a length-coercion step even when the
source has the correct typmod.
2015-03-04 20:23:13 -05:00
Tom Lane
45f2c2fc4e Need to special-case RECORD as well as UNKNOWN in plpgsql's casting logic.
This is because can_coerce_type thinks that RECORD can be cast to any
composite type, but coerce_record_to_complex only works for inputs that are
RowExprs or whole-row Vars, so we get a hard failure on a CaseTestExpr.

Perhaps these corner cases ought to be fixed so that coerce_to_target_type
actually returns NULL as per its specification, rather than failing ...
but for the moment an extra check here is the path of least resistance.
2015-03-04 19:10:57 -05:00
Tom Lane
1345cc67bb Use standard casting mechanism to convert types in plpgsql, when possible.
plpgsql's historical method for converting datatypes during assignments was
to apply the source type's output function and then the destination type's
input function.  Aside from being miserably inefficient in most cases, this
method failed outright in many cases where a user might expect it to work;
an example is that "declare x int; ... x := 3.9;" would fail, not round the
value to 4.

Instead, let's convert by applying the appropriate assignment cast whenever
there is one.  To avoid breaking compatibility unnecessarily, fall back to
the I/O conversion method if there is no assignment cast.

So far as I can tell, there is just one case where this method produces a
different result than the old code in a case where the old code would not
have thrown an error.  That is assignment of a boolean value to a string
variable (type text, varchar, or bpchar); the old way gave boolean's output
representation, ie 't'/'f', while the new way follows the behavior of the
bool-to-text cast and so gives 'true' or 'false'.  This will need to be
called out as an incompatibility in the 9.5 release notes.

Aside from handling many conversion cases more sanely, this method is
often significantly faster than the old way.  In part that's because
of more effective caching of the conversion info.
2015-03-04 11:04:30 -05:00
Tom Lane
b9896198cf Fix cost estimation for indexscans on expensive indexed expressions.
genericcostestimate() and friends used the cost of the entire indexqual
expressions as the charge for initial evaluation of indexscan arguments.
But of course the index column is not evaluated, only the other side
of the qual expression, so this was a bad overestimate if the index
column was an expensive expression.

To fix, refactor the logic in this area so that there's a single routine
charged with deconstructing index quals and figuring out what is the index
column and what is the comparison expression.  This is more or less free in
the case of btree indexes, since btcostestimate() was doing equivalent
deconstruction already.  It probably adds a bit of new overhead in the cases
of other index types, but not a lot.  (In the case of GIN I think I saved
something by getting rid of code that wasn't aware that the index column
associations were already available "for free".)

Per recent gripe from Jeff Janes.

Arguably this is a bug fix, but I'm hesitant to back-patch because of the
possibility of destabilizing plan choices that people may be happy with.
2015-03-03 23:23:24 -05:00
Fujii Masao
f8b031bca8 Fix an obsolete reference to SnapshotNow in comment.
Peter Geoghegan
2015-03-04 12:25:48 +09:00
Tom Lane
497bac7d29 Fix long-obsolete code for separating filter conditions in cost_index().
This code relied on pointer equality to identify which restriction clauses
also appear in the indexquals (and, therefore, don't need to be applied as
simple filter conditions).  That was okay once upon a time, years ago,
before we introduced the equivalence-class machinery.  Now there's about a
50-50 chance that an equality clause appearing in the indexquals will be
the mirror image (commutator) of its mate in the restriction list.  When
that happens, we'd erroneously think that the clause would be re-evaluated
at each visited row, and therefore inflate the cost estimate for the
indexscan by the clause's cost.

Add some logic to catch this case.  It seems to me that it continues not to
be worthwhile to expend the extra predicate-proof work that createplan.c
will do on the finally-selected plan, but this case is common enough and
cheap enough to handle that we should do so.

This will make a small difference (about one cpu_operator_cost per row)
in simple cases; but in situations where there's an expensive function in
the indexquals, it can make a very large difference, as seen in recent
example from Jeff Janes.

This is a long-standing bug, but I'm hesitant to back-patch because of the
possibility of destabilizing plan choices that people may be happy with.
2015-03-03 21:19:42 -05:00
Robert Haas
5223ddacdc Remove residual NULL-pstate handling in addRangeTableEntry.
Passing a NULL pstate wouldn't actually work, because isLockedRefname()
isn't prepared to cope with it; and there hasn't been any in-core code
that tries in over a decade.  So just remove the residual NULL handling.

Spotted by Coverity; analysis and patch by Michael Paquier.
2015-03-03 16:31:26 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
a2e35b53c3 Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID
The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by
ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object
information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes.
Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would
be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually
implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress
is more widely useful.

Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument
that's an object address which provides further info about the executed
command.  To wit:

* for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of
  the new constraint

* for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the
  schema that originally contained the object.

* for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address
  of the object added to or dropped from the extension.

There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change
either.

Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net
Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 14:10:50 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
6f9d799047 Add comment for "is_internal" parameter
This was missed in my commit f4c4335 of 9.3 vintage, so backpatch to
that.
2015-03-03 14:05:05 -03:00
Tom Lane
b67f1ce181 Reduce json <=> jsonb casts from explicit-only to assignment level.
There's no reason to make users write an explicit cast to store a
json value in a jsonb column or vice versa.

We could probably even make these implicit, but that might open us up
to problems with ambiguous function calls, so for now just do this.
2015-03-03 11:26:04 -05:00
Robert Haas
878fdcb843 pgbench: Add a real expression syntax to \set
Previously, you could do \set variable operand1 operator operand2, but
nothing more complicated.  Now, you can \set variable expression, which
makes it much simpler to do multi-step calculations here.  This also
adds support for the modulo operator (%), with the same semantics as in
C.

Robert Haas and Fabien Coelho, reviewed by Álvaro Herrera and
Stephen Frost
2015-03-02 14:21:41 -05:00
Stephen Frost
ebd092bc2a Fix pg_dump handling of extension config tables
Since 9.1, we've provided extensions with a way to denote
"configuration" tables- tables created by an extension which the user
may modify.  By marking these as "configuration" tables, the extension
is asking for the data in these tables to be pg_dump'd (tables which
are not marked in this way are assumed to be entirely handled during
CREATE EXTENSION and are not included at all in a pg_dump).

Unfortunately, pg_dump neglected to consider foreign key relationships
between extension configuration tables and therefore could end up
trying to reload the data in an order which would cause FK violations.

This patch teaches pg_dump about these dependencies, so that the data
dumped out is done so in the best order possible.  Note that there's no
way to handle circular dependencies, but those have yet to be seen in
the wild.

The release notes for this should include a caution to users that
existing pg_dump-based backups may be invalid due to this issue.  The
data is all there, but restoring from it will require extracting the
data for the configuration tables and then loading them in the correct
order by hand.

Discussed initially back in bug #6738, more recently brought up by
Gilles Darold, who provided an initial patch which was further reworked
by Michael Paquier.  Further modifications and documentation updates
by me.

Back-patch to 9.1 where we added the concept of extension configuration
tables.
2015-03-02 14:12:21 -05:00
Stephen Frost
ee4ddcb38a Fix targetRelation initializiation in prepsecurity
In 6f9bd50eab, we modified
expand_security_quals() to tell expand_security_qual() about when the
current RTE was the targetRelation.  Unfortunately, that commit
initialized the targetRelation variable used outside of the loop over
the RTEs instead of at the start of it.

This patch moves the variable and the initialization of it into the
loop, where it should have been to begin with.

Pointed out by Dean Rasheed.

Back-patch to 9.4 as the original commit was.
2015-03-01 15:27:26 -05:00
Tom Lane
8abb3cda0d Use the typcache to cache constraints for domain types.
Previously, we cached domain constraints for the life of a query, or
really for the life of the FmgrInfo struct that was used to invoke
domain_in() or domain_check().  But plpgsql (and probably other places)
are set up to cache such FmgrInfos for the whole lifespan of a session,
which meant they could be enforcing really stale sets of constraints.
On the other hand, searching pg_constraint once per query gets kind of
expensive too: testing says that as much as half the runtime of a
trivial query such as "SELECT 0::domaintype" went into that.

To fix this, delegate the responsibility for tracking a domain's
constraints to the typcache, which has the infrastructure needed to
detect syscache invalidation events that signal possible changes.
This not only removes unnecessary repeat reads of pg_constraint,
but ensures that we never apply stale constraint data: whatever we
use is the current data according to syscache rules.

Unfortunately, the current configuration of the system catalogs means
we have to flush cached domain-constraint data whenever either pg_type
or pg_constraint changes, which happens rather a lot (eg, creation or
deletion of a temp table will do it).  It might be worth rearranging
things to split pg_constraint into two catalogs, of which the domain
constraint one would probably be very low-traffic.  That's a job for
another patch though, and in any case this patch should improve matters
materially even with that handicap.

This patch makes use of the recently-added memory context reset callback
feature to manage the lifespan of domain constraint caches, so that we
don't risk deleting a cache that might be in the midst of evaluation.

Although this is a bug fix as well as a performance improvement, no
back-patch.  There haven't been many if any field complaints about
stale domain constraint checks, so it doesn't seem worth taking the
risk of modifying data structures as basic as MemoryContexts in back
branches.
2015-03-01 14:06:55 -05:00
Noah Misch
b8a18ad485 Add transform functions for AT TIME ZONE.
This makes "ALTER TABLE tabname ALTER tscol TYPE ... USING tscol AT TIME
ZONE 'UTC'" skip rewriting the table when altering from "timestamp" to
"timestamptz" or vice versa.  While it would be nicer still to optimize
this in the absence of the USING clause given timezone==UTC, transform
functions must consult IMMUTABLE facts only.
2015-03-01 13:22:34 -05:00
Noah Misch
424793fa5d Unlink static libraries before rebuilding them.
When the library already exists in the build directory, "ar" preserves
members not named on its command line.  This mattered when, for example,
a "configure" rerun dropped a file from $(LIBOBJS).  libpgport carried
the obsolete member until "make clean".  Back-patch to 9.0 (all
supported versions).
2015-03-01 13:05:23 -05:00
Tom Lane
097fe194aa Move memory context callback declarations into palloc.h.
Initial experience with this feature suggests that instances of
MemoryContextCallback are likely to propagate into some widely-used headers
over time.  As things stood, that would result in pulling memutils.h or
at least memnodes.h into common headers, which does not seem desirable.
Instead, let's decide that this feature is part of the "ordinary palloc
user" API rather than the "specialized context management" API, and as
such should be declared in palloc.h not memutils.h.
2015-03-01 12:31:32 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
e059e02e43 Fix intermittent failure in event_trigger test
As evidenced by measles in buildfarm.  Pointed out by Tom.
2015-03-01 11:58:07 -03:00
Tom Lane
e524cbdc45 Track typmods in plpgsql expression evaluation and assignment.
The main value of this change is to avoid expensive I/O conversions when
assigning to a variable that has a typmod specification, if the value
to be assigned is already known to have the right typmod.  This is
particularly valuable for arrays with typmod specifications; formerly,
in an assignment to an array element the entire array would invariably
get put through double I/O conversion to check the typmod, to absolutely
no purpose since we'd already properly coerced the new element value.

Extracted from my "expanded arrays" patch; this seems worth committing
separately, whatever becomes of that patch, since it's really an
independent issue.

As long as we're changing the function signatures, take the opportunity
to rationalize the argument lists of exec_assign_value, exec_cast_value,
and exec_simple_cast_value; that is, put the arguments into a saner order,
and get rid of the bizarre choice to pass exec_assign_value's isNull flag
by reference.
2015-02-28 14:34:35 -05:00
Tom Lane
b514a7460d Fix planning of star-schema-style queries.
Part of the intent of the parameterized-path mechanism was to handle
star-schema queries efficiently, but some overly-restrictive search
limiting logic added in commit e2fa76d80b
prevented such cases from working as desired.  Fix that and add a
regression test about it.  Per gripe from Marc Cousin.

This is arguably a bug rather than a new feature, so back-patch to 9.2
where parameterized paths were introduced.
2015-02-28 12:43:04 -05:00
Tom Lane
c4f4c7ca99 Improve mmgr README.
Add documentation about the new reset callback mechanism.

Also, at long last, recast the existing text so that it describes the
current context mechanisms as established fact rather than something
we're going to implement.  Shoulda done that in 2001 or so ...
2015-02-27 20:32:34 -05:00
Tom Lane
d61f1a9327 Suppress uninitialized-variable warning from less-bright compilers.
The type variable must get set on first iteration of the while loop,
but there are reasonably modern gcc versions that don't realize that.
Initialize it with a dummy value.  This undoes a removal of initialization
in commit 654809e770.
2015-02-27 18:19:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
eaa5808e8e Redefine MemoryContextReset() as deleting, not resetting, child contexts.
That is, MemoryContextReset() now means what was formerly meant by
MemoryContextResetAndDeleteChildren(), and the latter is now just a macro
alias for the former.  If you really want the functionality that was
formerly provided by MemoryContextReset(), what you have to do is
MemoryContextResetChildren() plus MemoryContextResetOnly() (which is a
new API to reset *only* the named context and not touch its children).

The reason for this change is that near fifteen years of experience has
proven that there is noplace where old-style MemoryContextReset() is
actually what you want.  Making that the default behavior has led to lots
of context-leakage bugs, while we've not found anyplace where it's actually
necessary to keep the child contexts; at least the standard regression
tests do not reveal anyplace where this change breaks anything.  And there
are upcoming patches that will introduce additional reasons why child
contexts need to be removed.

We could change existing calls of MemoryContextResetAndDeleteChildren to be
just MemoryContextReset, but for the moment I'll leave them alone; they're
not costing anything.
2015-02-27 18:10:04 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
fbef4342a8 Make CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW internally more consistent
The way that columns are added to a view is by calling
AlterTableInternal with special subtype AT_AddColumnToView; but that
subtype is changed to AT_AddColumnRecurse by ATPrepAddColumn.  This has
no visible effect in the current code, since views cannot have
inheritance children (thus the recursion step is a no-op) and adding a
column to a view is executed identically to doing it to a table; but it
does make a difference for future event trigger code keeping track of
commands, because the current situation leads to confusing the case with
a normal ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN.

Fix the problem by passing a flag to ATPrepAddColumn to prevent it from
changing the command subtype.  The event trigger code can then properly
ignore the subcommand.  (We could remove the call to ATPrepAddColumn,
since views are never typed, and there is never a need for recursion,
which are the two conditions that are checked by ATPrepAddColumn; but it
seems more future-proof to keep the call in place.)
2015-02-27 19:19:34 -03:00
Tom Lane
f65e827058 Invent a memory context reset/delete callback mechanism.
This allows cleanup actions to be registered to be called just before a
particular memory context's contents are flushed (either by deletion or
MemoryContextReset).  The patch in itself has no use-cases for this, but
several likely reasons for wanting this exist.

In passing, per discussion, rearrange some boolean fields in struct
MemoryContextData so as to avoid wasted padding space.  For safety,
this requires making allowInCritSection's existence unconditional;
but I think that's a better approach than what was there anyway.
2015-02-27 17:16:43 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
654809e770 Fix a couple of trivial issues in jsonb.c
Typo "aggreagate" appeared three times, and the return value of function
JsonbIteratorNext() was being assigned to an int variable in a bunch of
places.
2015-02-27 18:54:49 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
3f190f67eb Fix table_rewrite event trigger for ALTER TYPE/SET DATA TYPE CASCADE
When a composite type being used in a typed table is modified by way
of ALTER TYPE, a table rewrite occurs appearing to come from ALTER TYPE.
The existing event_trigger.c code was unable to cope with that
and raised a spurious error.  The fix is just to accept that command
tag for the event, and document this properly.

Noted while fooling with deparsing of DDL commands.  This appears to be
an oversight in commit 618c9430a.

Thanks to Mark Wong for documentation wording help.
2015-02-27 18:39:53 -03:00
Andrew Dunstan
bda76c1c8c Render infinite date/timestamps as 'infinity' for json/jsonb
Commit ab14a73a6c raised an error in these cases and later the
behaviour was copied to jsonb. This is what the XML code, which we
then adopted, does, as the XSD types don't accept infinite values.
However, json dates and timestamps are just strings as far as json is
concerned, so there is no reason not to render these values as
'infinity'.

The json portion of this is backpatched to 9.4 where the behaviour was
introduced. The jsonb portion only affects the development branch.

Per gripe on pgsql-general.
2015-02-26 12:25:21 -05:00
Andres Freund
fd6a3f3ad4 Reconsider when to wait for WAL flushes/syncrep during commit.
Up to now RecordTransactionCommit() waited for WAL to be flushed (if
synchronous_commit != off) and to be synchronously replicated (if
enabled), even if a transaction did not have a xid assigned. The primary
reason for that is that sequence's nextval() did not assign a xid, but
are worthwhile to wait for on commit.

This can be problematic because sometimes read only transactions do
write WAL, e.g. HOT page prune records. That then could lead to read only
transactions having to wait during commit. Not something people expect
in a read only transaction.

This lead to such strange symptoms as backends being seemingly stuck
during connection establishment when all synchronous replicas are
down. Especially annoying when said stuck connection is the standby
trying to reconnect to allow syncrep again...

This behavior also is involved in a rather complicated <= 9.4 bug where
the transaction started by catchup interrupt processing waited for
syncrep using latches, but didn't get the wakeup because it was already
running inside the same overloaded signal handler. Fix the issue here
doesn't properly solve that issue, merely papers over the problems. In
9.5 catchup interrupts aren't processed out of signal handlers anymore.

To fix all this, make nextval() acquire a top level xid, and only wait for
transaction commit if a transaction both acquired a xid and emitted WAL
records.  If only a xid has been assigned we don't uselessly want to
wait just because of writes to temporary/unlogged tables; if only WAL
has been written we don't want to wait just because of HOT prunes.

The xid assignment in nextval() is unlikely to cause overhead in
real-world workloads. For one it only happens SEQ_LOG_VALS/32 values
anyway, for another only usage of nextval() without using the result in
an insert or similar is affected.

Discussion: 20150223165359.GF30784@awork2.anarazel.de,
    369698E947874884A77849D8FE3680C2@maumau,
    5CF4ABBA67674088B3941894E22A0D25@maumau

Per complaint from maumau and Thom Brown

Backpatch all the way back; 9.0 doesn't have syncrep, but it seems
better to be consistent behavior across all maintained branches.
2015-02-26 12:50:07 +01:00
Noah Misch
f5ef00aed4 Free SQLSTATE and SQLERRM no earlier than other PL/pgSQL variables.
"RETURN SQLERRM" prompted plpgsql_exec_function() to read from freed
memory.  Back-patch to 9.0 (all supported versions).  Little code ran
between the premature free and the read, so non-assert builds are
unlikely to witness user-visible consequences.
2015-02-25 23:48:28 -05:00
Stephen Frost
62a4a1af5d Add hasRowSecurity to copyfuncs/outfuncs
The RLS patch added a hasRowSecurity field to PlannerGlobal and
PlannedStmt but didn't update nodes/copyfuncs.c and nodes/outfuncs.c to
reflect those additional fields.

Correct that by adding entries to the appropriate functions for those
fields.

Pointed out by Robert.
2015-02-25 23:35:04 -05:00
Stephen Frost
6f9bd50eab Add locking clause for SB views for update/delete
In expand_security_qual(), we were handling locking correctly when a
PlanRowMark existed, but not when we were working with the target
relation (which doesn't have any PlanRowMarks, but the subquery created
for the security barrier quals still needs to lock the rows under it).

Noted by Etsuro Fujita when working with the Postgres FDW, which wasn't
properly issuing a SELECT ... FOR UPDATE to the remote side under a
DELETE.

Back-patch to 9.4 where updatable security barrier views were
introduced.

Per discussion with Etsuro and Dean Rasheed.
2015-02-25 21:36:29 -05:00
Tom Lane
77903ede08 Fix over-optimistic caching in fetch_array_arg_replace_nulls().
When I rewrote this in commit 56a79a869b,
I forgot that it's possible for the input array type to change from one
call to the next (this can happen when applying the function to
pg_statistic columns, for instance).  Fix that.
2015-02-25 14:19:13 -05:00
Tom Lane
e9f1c01b71 Fix dumping of views that are just VALUES(...) but have column aliases.
The "simple" path for printing VALUES clauses doesn't work if we need
to attach nondefault column aliases, because there's noplace to do that
in the minimal VALUES() syntax.  So modify get_simple_values_rte() to
detect nondefault aliases and treat that as a non-simple case.  This
further exposes that the "non-simple" path never actually worked;
it didn't produce valid syntax.  Fix that too.  Per bug #12789 from
Curtis McEnroe, and analysis by Andrew Gierth.

Back-patch to all supported branches.  Before 9.3, this also requires
back-patching the part of commit 092d7ded29
that created get_simple_values_rte() to begin with; inserting the extra
test into the old factorization of that logic would've been too messy.
2015-02-25 12:01:12 -05:00
Michael Meskes
8794bf1ca1 Remove null-pointer checks that are not needed.
If a pointer is guaranteed to carry information there is no need to check
for NULL again. Patch by Michael Paquier.
2015-02-25 11:50:28 +01:00
Tom Lane
d809fd0008 Improve parser's one-extra-token lookahead mechanism.
There are a couple of places in our grammar that fail to be strict LALR(1),
by requiring more than a single token of lookahead to decide what to do.
Up to now we've dealt with that by using a filter between the lexer and
parser that merges adjacent tokens into one in the places where two tokens
of lookahead are necessary.  But that creates a number of user-visible
anomalies, for instance that you can't name a CTE "ordinality" because
"WITH ordinality AS ..." triggers folding of WITH and ORDINALITY into one
token.  I realized that there's a better way.

In this patch, we still do the lookahead basically as before, but we never
merge the second token into the first; we replace just the first token by
a special lookahead symbol when one of the lookahead pairs is seen.

This requires a couple extra productions in the grammar, but it involves
fewer special tokens, so that the grammar tables come out a bit smaller
than before.  The filter logic is no slower than before, perhaps a bit
faster.

I also fixed the filter logic so that when backing up after a lookahead,
the current token's terminator is correctly restored; this eliminates some
weird behavior in error message issuance, as is shown by the one change in
existing regression test outputs.

I believe that this patch entirely eliminates odd behaviors caused by
lookahead for WITH.  It doesn't really improve the situation for NULLS
followed by FIRST/LAST unfortunately: those sequences still act like a
reserved word, even though there are cases where they should be seen as two
ordinary identifiers, eg "SELECT nulls first FROM ...".  I experimented
with additional grammar hacks but couldn't find any simple solution for
that.  Still, this is better than before, and it seems much more likely
that we *could* somehow solve the NULLS case on the basis of this filter
behavior than the previous one.
2015-02-24 17:53:45 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
23a78352c0 Error when creating names too long for tar format
The tar format (at least the version we are using), does not support
file names or symlink targets longer than 99 bytes.  Until now, the tar
creation code would silently truncate any names that are too long.  (Its
original application was pg_dump, where this never happens.)  This
creates problems when running base backups over the replication
protocol.

The most important problem is when a tablespace path is longer than 99
bytes, which will result in a truncated tablespace path being backed up.
Less importantly, the basebackup protocol also promises to back up any
other files it happens to find in the data directory, which would also
lead to file name truncation if someone put a file with a long name in
there.

Now both of these cases result in an error during the backup.

Add tests that fail when a too-long file name or symlink is attempted to
be backed up.

Reviewed-by: Robert Hass <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
2015-02-24 13:41:07 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dd58c6098f Fix typo in README.
Kyotaro Horiguchi
2015-02-24 14:33:26 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
d1712d01d0 Fix stupid merge errors in previous commit
Brown paper bag installed permanently.
2015-02-23 15:05:37 -03:00
Tom Lane
56be925e4b Further tweaking of raw grammar output to distinguish different inputs.
Use a different A_Expr_Kind for LIKE/ILIKE/SIMILAR TO constructs, so that
they can be distinguished from direct invocation of the underlying
operators.  Also, postpone selection of the operator name when transforming
"x IN (select)" to "x = ANY (select)", so that those syntaxes can be told
apart at parse analysis time.

I had originally thought I'd also have to do something special for the
syntaxes IS NOT DISTINCT FROM, IS NOT DOCUMENT, and x NOT IN (SELECT...),
which the grammar translates as though they were NOT (construct).
On reflection though, we can distinguish those cases reliably by noting
whether the parse location shown for the NOT is the same as for its child
node.  This only requires tweaking the parse locations for NOT IN, which
I've done here.

These changes should have no effect outside the parser; they're just in
support of being able to give accurate warnings for planned operator
precedence changes.
2015-02-23 12:46:50 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
296f3a6053 Support more commands in event triggers
COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and GRANT/REVOKE now also fire
ddl_command_start and ddl_command_end event triggers, when they operate
on database-local objects.

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Stephen Frost
2015-02-23 14:22:42 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
88e9823026 Replace checkpoint_segments with min_wal_size and max_wal_size.
Instead of having a single knob (checkpoint_segments) that both triggers
checkpoints, and determines how many checkpoints to recycle, they are now
separate concerns. There is still an internal variable called
CheckpointSegments, which triggers checkpoints. But it no longer determines
how many segments to recycle at a checkpoint. That is now auto-tuned by
keeping a moving average of the distance between checkpoints (in bytes),
and trying to keep that many segments in reserve. The advantage of this is
that you can set max_wal_size very high, but the system won't actually
consume that much space if there isn't any need for it. The min_wal_size
sets a floor for that; you can effectively disable the auto-tuning behavior
by setting min_wal_size equal to max_wal_size.

The max_wal_size setting is now the actual target size of WAL at which a
new checkpoint is triggered, instead of the distance between checkpoints.
Previously, you could calculate the actual WAL usage with the formula
"(2 + checkpoint_completion_target) * checkpoint_segments + 1". With this
patch, you set the desired WAL usage with max_wal_size, and the system
calculates the appropriate CheckpointSegments with the reverse of that
formula. That's a lot more intuitive for administrators to set.

Reviewed by Amit Kapila and Venkata Balaji N.
2015-02-23 18:53:02 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0fec000365 Renumber GUC_* constants.
This moves all the regular flags back together (for aesthetic reasons), and
makes room for more GUC_UNIT_* types.
2015-02-23 18:33:16 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1b63026473 Refactor unit conversions code in guc.c.
Replace the if-switch-case constructs with two conversion tables,
containing all the supported conversions between human-readable unit
strings and the base units used in GUC variables. This makes the code
easier to read, and makes adding new units simpler.
2015-02-23 18:06:16 +02:00
Andres Freund
bc208a5a2f Guard against spurious signals in LockBufferForCleanup.
When LockBufferForCleanup() has to wait for getting a cleanup lock on a
buffer it does so by setting a flag in the buffer header and then wait
for other backends to signal it using ProcWaitForSignal().
Unfortunately LockBufferForCleanup() missed that ProcWaitForSignal() can
return for other reasons than the signal it is hoping for. If such a
spurious signal arrives the wait flags on the buffer header will still
be set. That then triggers "ERROR: multiple backends attempting to wait
for pincount 1".

The fix is simple, unset the flag if still set when retrying. That
implies an additional spinlock acquisition/release, but that's unlikely
to matter given the cost of waiting for a cleanup lock.  Alternatively
it'd have been possible to move responsibility for maintaining the
relevant flag to the waiter all together, but that might have had
negative consequences due to possible floods of signals. Besides being
more invasive.

This looks to be a very longstanding bug. The relevant code in
LockBufferForCleanup() hasn't changed materially since its introduction
and ProcWaitForSignal() was documented to return for unrelated reasons
since 8.2.  The master only patch series removing ImmediateInterruptOK
made it much easier to hit though, as ProcSendSignal/ProcWaitForSignal
now uses a latch shared with other tasks.

Per discussion with Kevin Grittner, Tom Lane and me.

Backpatch to all supported branches.

Discussion: 11553.1423805224@sss.pgh.pa.us
2015-02-23 16:14:14 +01:00
Fujii Masao
5d2b45e3f7 Add GUC to control the time to wait before retrieving WAL after failed attempt.
Previously when the standby server failed to retrieve WAL files from any sources
(i.e., streaming replication, local pg_xlog directory or WAL archive), it always
waited for five seconds (hard-coded) before the next attempt. For example,
this is problematic in warm-standby because restore_command can fail
every five seconds even while new WAL file is expected to be unavailable for
a long time and flood the log files with its error messages.

This commit adds new parameter, wal_retrieve_retry_interval, to control that
wait time.

Alexey Vasiliev and Michael Paquier, reviewed by Andres Freund and me.
2015-02-23 20:55:17 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2a3f6e368b Fix potential deadlock with libpq non-blocking mode.
If libpq output buffer is full, pqSendSome() function tries to drain any
incoming data. This avoids deadlock, if the server e.g. sends a lot of
NOTICE messages, and blocks until we read them. However, pqSendSome() only
did that in blocking mode. In non-blocking mode, the deadlock could still
happen.

To fix, take a two-pronged approach:

1. Change the documentation to instruct that when PQflush() returns 1, you
should wait for both read- and write-ready, and call PQconsumeInput() if it
becomes read-ready. That fixes the deadlock, but applications are not going
to change overnight.

2. In pqSendSome(), drain the input buffer before returning 1. This
alleviates the problem for applications that only wait for write-ready. In
particular, a slow but steady stream of NOTICE messages during COPY FROM
STDIN will no longer cause a deadlock. The risk remains that the server
attempts to send a large burst of data and fills its output buffer, and at
the same time the client also sends enough data to fill its output buffer.
The application will deadlock if it goes to sleep, waiting for the socket
to become write-ready, before the server's data arrives. In practice,
NOTICE messages and such that the server might be sending are usually
short, so it's highly unlikely that the server would fill its output buffer
so quickly.

Backpatch to all supported versions.
2015-02-23 13:34:21 +02:00
Tom Lane
c063da1769 Add parse location fields to NullTest and BooleanTest structs.
We did not need a location tag on NullTest or BooleanTest before, because
no error messages referred directly to their locations.  That's planned
to change though, so add these fields in a separate housekeeping commit.

Catversion bump because stored rules may change.
2015-02-22 14:40:27 -05:00
Tom Lane
6a75562ed1 Get rid of multiple applications of transformExpr() to the same tree.
transformExpr() has for many years had provisions to do nothing when
applied to an already-transformed expression tree.  However, this was
always ugly and of dubious reliability, so we'd be much better off without
it.  The primary historical reason for it was that gram.y sometimes
returned multiple links to the same subexpression, which is no longer true
as of my BETWEEN fixes.  We'd also grown some lazy hacks in CREATE TABLE
LIKE (failing to distinguish between raw and already-transformed index
specifications) and one or two other places.

This patch removes the need for and support for re-transforming already
transformed expressions.  The index case is dealt with by adding a flag
to struct IndexStmt to indicate that it's already been transformed;
which has some benefit anyway in that tablecmds.c can now Assert that
transformation has happened rather than just assuming.  The other main
reason was some rather sloppy code for array type coercion, which can
be fixed (and its performance improved too) by refactoring.

I did leave transformJoinUsingClause() still constructing expressions
containing untransformed operator nodes being applied to Vars, so that
transformExpr() still has to allow Var inputs.  But that's a much narrower,
and safer, special case than before, since Vars will never appear in a raw
parse tree, and they don't have any substructure to worry about.

In passing fix some oversights in the patch that added CREATE INDEX
IF NOT EXISTS (missing processing of IndexStmt.if_not_exists).  These
appear relatively harmless, but still sloppy coding practice.
2015-02-22 13:59:09 -05:00
Tom Lane
34af082f95 Represent BETWEEN as a special node type in raw parse trees.
Previously, gram.y itself converted BETWEEN into AND (or AND/OR) nests of
expression comparisons.  This was always as bogus as could be, but fixing
it hasn't risen to the top of the to-do list.  The present patch invents an
A_Expr representation for BETWEEN expressions, and does the expansion to
comparison trees in parse_expr.c which is at least a slightly saner place
to be doing semantic conversions.  There should be no change in the post-
parse-analysis results.

This does nothing for the semantic issues with BETWEEN (dubious connection
to btree-opclass semantics, and multiple evaluation of possibly volatile
subexpressions) ... but it's a necessary preliminary step before we could
fix any of that.  The main immediate benefit is that preserving BETWEEN as
an identifiable raw-parse-tree construct will enable better error messages.

While at it, fix the code so that multiply-referenced subexpressions are
physically duplicated before being passed through transformExpr().  This
gets rid of one of the principal reasons why transformExpr() has
historically had to allow already-processed input.
2015-02-22 13:57:56 -05:00
Jeff Davis
74811c4050 Rename variable in AllocSetContextCreate to be consistent.
Everywhere else in the file, "context" is of type MemoryContext and
"set" is of type AllocSet. AllocSetContextCreate uses a variable of
type AllocSet, so rename it from "context" to "set".
2015-02-21 23:17:52 -08:00
Jeff Davis
b419865a81 In array_agg(), don't create a new context for every group.
Previously, each new array created a new memory context that started
out at 8kB. This is incredibly wasteful when there are lots of small
groups of just a few elements each.

Change initArrayResult() and friends to accept a "subcontext" argument
to indicate whether the caller wants the ArrayBuildState allocated in
a new subcontext or not. If not, it can no longer be released
separately from the rest of the memory context.

Fixes bug report by Frank van Vugt on 2013-10-19.

Tomas Vondra. Reviewed by Ali Akbar, Tom Lane, and me.
2015-02-21 17:24:48 -08:00
Tom Lane
e9fd5545de Try to fix busted gettimeofday() code.
Per buildfarm, we have to match the _stdcall property of the system
functions.
2015-02-21 17:15:13 -05:00
Tom Lane
332f02f88b Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER in Windows-specific code.
Be a tad more paranoid about overlength input, too.
2015-02-21 16:49:35 -05:00
Andres Freund
82a532b34d Force some system catalog table columns to be marked NOT NULL.
In a manual pass over the catalog declaration I found a number of
columns which the boostrap automatism didn't mark NOT NULL even though
they actually were. Add BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL markings to them.

It's usually not critical if a system table column is falsely determined
to be nullable as the code should always catch relevant cases. But it's
good to have a extra layer in place.

Discussion: 20150215170014.GE15326@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-02-21 22:37:05 +01:00
Andres Freund
eb68379c38 Allow forcing nullness of columns during bootstrap.
Bootstrap determines whether a column is null based on simple builtin
rules. Those work surprisingly well, but nonetheless a few existing
columns aren't set correctly. Additionally there is at least one patch
sent to hackers where forcing the nullness of a column would be helpful.

The boostrap format has gained FORCE [NOT] NULL for this, which will be
emitted by genbki.pl when BKI_FORCE_(NOT_)?NULL is specified for a
column in a catalog header.

This patch doesn't change the marking of any existing columns.

Discussion: 20150215170014.GE15326@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-02-21 22:31:54 +01:00
Tom Lane
2e211211a7 Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER in a number of other places.
I think we're about done with this...
2015-02-21 16:12:14 -05:00
Tom Lane
e1a11d9311 Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER for HeapTupleHeaderData.t_bits[].
This requires changing quite a few places that were depending on
sizeof(HeapTupleHeaderData), but it seems for the best.

Michael Paquier, some adjustments by me
2015-02-21 15:13:06 -05:00
Tom Lane
3d9b6f31ee Minor code beautification in conninfo_uri_parse_params().
Reading this made me itch, so clean the logic a bit.
2015-02-21 13:27:12 -05:00
Tom Lane
b26e208142 Fix misparsing of empty value in conninfo_uri_parse_params().
After finding an "=" character, the pointer was advanced twice when it
should only advance once.  This is harmless as long as the value after "="
has at least one character; but if it doesn't, we'd miss the terminator
character and include too much in the value.

In principle this could lead to reading off the end of memory.  It does not
seem worth treating as a security issue though, because it would happen on
client side, and besides client logic that's taking conninfo strings from
untrusted sources has much worse security problems than this.

Report and patch received off-list from Thomas Fanghaenel.
Back-patch to 9.2 where the faulty code was introduced.
2015-02-21 12:59:54 -05:00
Robert Haas
64235fecc6 Don't require users of src/port/gettimeofday.c to initialize it.
Commit 8001fe67a3 introduced this
requirement, but per discussion, we want to avoid requirements of
this type to make things easier on the calling code.  An especially
important consideration is that this may be used in frontend code,
not just the backend.

Asif Naeem, reviewed by Michael Paquier
2015-02-21 12:17:04 -05:00
Tom Lane
f2874feb7c Some more FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER fixes. 2015-02-21 01:46:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
33b2a2c97f Fix statically allocated struct with FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER member.
clang complains about this, not unreasonably, so define another struct
that's explicitly for a WordEntryPos with exactly one element.

While at it, get rid of pretty dubious use of a static variable for
more than one purpose --- if it were being treated as const maybe
I'd be okay with this, but it isn't.
2015-02-20 17:50:18 -05:00
Tom Lane
33a3b03d63 Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER in some more places.
Fix a batch of structs that are only visible within individual .c files.

Michael Paquier
2015-02-20 17:32:01 -05:00
Tom Lane
c110eff132 Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER in struct RecordIOData.
I (tgl) fixed this last night in rowtypes.c, but I missed that the
code had been copied into a couple of other places.

Michael Paquier
2015-02-20 17:03:12 -05:00
Tom Lane
e38b1eb098 Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER in struct varlena.
This forces some minor coding adjustments in tuptoaster.c and inv_api.c,
but the new coding there is cleaner anyway.

Michael Paquier
2015-02-20 16:51:53 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
8902f79264 Remove unnecessary and unreliable test 2015-02-20 14:03:49 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
3b14bb7771 Update PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID
Previous commit should have bumped it but didn't.  Oops.

Per note from Tom.
2015-02-20 12:59:27 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
d42358efb1 Have TRUNCATE update pgstat tuple counters
This works by keeping a per-subtransaction record of the ins/upd/del
counters before the truncate, and then resetting them; this record is
useful to return to the previous state in case the truncate is rolled
back, either in a subtransaction or whole transaction.  The state is
propagated upwards as subtransactions commit.

When the per-table data is sent to the stats collector, a flag indicates
to reset the live/dead counters to zero as well.

Catalog version bumped due to the change in pgstat format.

Author: Alexander Shulgin
Discussion: 1007.1207238291@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: 548F7D38.2000401@BlueTreble.com
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Jim Nasby
2015-02-20 12:10:01 -03:00
Tom Lane
5740be6d6e Some more FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER hacking. 2015-02-20 02:28:03 -05:00
Tom Lane
9aa53bbd15 Remove unused variable.
Per buildfarm.
2015-02-20 00:47:28 -05:00
Tom Lane
692bd09ad1 Use "#ifdef CATALOG_VARLEN" to protect nullable fields of pg_authid.
This gives a stronger guarantee than a mere comment against accessing these
fields as simple struct members.  Since rolpassword is in fact varlena,
it's not clear why these didn't get marked from the beginning, but let's
do it now.

Michael Paquier
2015-02-20 00:23:48 -05:00
Tom Lane
09d8d110a6 Use FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER in a bunch more places.
Replace some bogus "x[1]" declarations with "x[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]".
Aside from being more self-documenting, this should help prevent bogus
warnings from static code analyzers and perhaps compiler misoptimizations.

This patch is just a down payment on eliminating the whole problem, but
it gets rid of a lot of easy-to-fix cases.

Note that the main problem with doing this is that one must no longer rely
on computing sizeof(the containing struct), since the result would be
compiler-dependent.  Instead use offsetof(struct, lastfield).  Autoconf
also warns against spelling that offsetof(struct, lastfield[0]).

Michael Paquier, review and additional fixes by me.
2015-02-20 00:11:42 -05:00
Tom Lane
2fb7a75f37 Add pg_stat_get_snapshot_timestamp() to show statistics snapshot timestamp.
Per discussion, this could be useful for purposes such as programmatically
detecting a nonresponding stats collector.  We already have the timestamp
anyway, it's just a matter of providing a SQL-accessible function to fetch
it.

Matt Kelly, reviewed by Jim Nasby
2015-02-19 21:36:50 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
634618ecd0 Remove dead structs.
These are not used with the new WAL format anymore. GIN split records are
simply always recorded as full-page images.

Michael Paquier
2015-02-19 21:14:37 +02:00
Tom Lane
56a79a869b Split array_push into separate array_append and array_prepend functions.
There wasn't any good reason for a single C function to implement both
these SQL functions: it saved very little code overall, and it required
significant pushups to re-determine at runtime which case applied.  Redoing
it as two functions ends up with just slightly more lines of code, but it's
simpler to understand, and faster too because we need not repeat syscache
lookups on every call.

An important side benefit is that this eliminates the only case in which
different aliases of the same C function had both anyarray and anyelement
arguments at the same position, which would almost always be a mistake.
The opr_sanity regression test will now notice such mistakes since there's
no longer a valid case where it happens.
2015-02-18 20:53:33 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
d30292b8c4 Fix Perl coding error in msvc build system
Code like

    open(P, "cl /? 2>&1 |") || die "cl command not found";

does not actually catch any errors, because the exit status of the
command before the pipe is ignored.  The fix is to look at $?.

This also gave the opportunity to clean up the logic of this code a bit.
2015-02-18 20:24:30 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
9c7dd35019 Fix opclass/opfamily identity strings
The original representation uses "opcname for amname", which is good
enough; but if we replace "for" with "using", we can apply the returned
identity directly in a DROP command, as in

DROP OPERATOR CLASS opcname USING amname

This slightly simplifies code using object identities to programatically
execute commands on these kinds of objects.

Note backwards-incompatible change:
The previous representation dates back to 9.3 when object identities
were introduced by commit f8348ea3, but we don't want to change the
behavior on released branches unnecessarily and so this is not
backpatched.
2015-02-18 14:44:27 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
0d906798f6 Fix object identities for pg_conversion objects
We were neglecting to schema-qualify them.

Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept
by commit f8348ea32e.
2015-02-18 14:28:11 -03:00
Tom Lane
297b2c1ef9 Fix placement of "SET row_security" command issuance in pg_dump.
Somebody apparently threw darts at the code to decide where to insert
these.  They certainly didn't proceed by adding them where other similar
SETs were handled.  This at least broke pg_restore, and perhaps other
use-cases too.
2015-02-18 12:23:40 -05:00
Tom Lane
0e7e355f27 Fix failure to honor -Z compression level option in pg_dump -Fd.
cfopen() and cfopen_write() failed to pass the compression level through
to zlib, so that you always got the default compression level if you got
any at all.

In passing, also fix these and related functions so that the correct errno
is reliably returned on failure; the original coding supposes that free()
cannot change errno, which is untrue on at least some platforms.

Per bug #12779 from Christoph Berg.  Back-patch to 9.1 where the faulty
code was introduced.

Michael Paquier
2015-02-18 11:43:00 -05:00
Tom Lane
abe45a9b31 Fix EXPLAIN output for cases where parent table is excluded by constraints.
The previous coding in EXPLAIN always labeled a ModifyTable node with the
name of the target table affected by its first child plan.  When originally
written, this was necessarily the parent table of the inheritance tree,
so everything was unconfusing.  But when we added NO INHERIT constraints,
it became possible for the parent table to be deleted from the plan by
constraint exclusion while still leaving child tables present.  This led to
the ModifyTable plan node being labeled with the first surviving child,
which was deemed confusing.  Fix it by retaining the parent table's RT
index in a new field in ModifyTable.

Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat and myself
2015-02-17 18:04:11 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
931bf3eb9b Fix a bug in pairing heap removal code.
After removal, the next_sibling pointer of a node was sometimes incorrectly
left to point to another node in the heap, which meant that a node was
sometimes linked twice into the heap. Surprisingly that didn't cause any
crashes in my testing, but it was clearly wrong and could easily segfault
in other scenarios.

Also always keep the prev_or_parent pointer as NULL on the root node. That
was not a correctness issue AFAICS, but let's be tidy.

Add a debugging function, to dump the contents of a pairing heap as a
string. It's #ifdef'd out, as it's not used for anything in any normal
code, but it was highly useful in debugging this. Let's keep it handy for
further reference.
2015-02-17 22:55:53 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d17b6df239 Fix knn-GiST queue comparison function to return heap tuples first.
The part of the comparison function that was supposed to keep heap tuples
ahead of index items was backwards. It would not lead to incorrect results,
but it is more efficient to return heap tuples first, before scanning more
index pages, when both have the same distance.

Alexander Korotkov
2015-02-17 22:33:38 +02:00
Tom Lane
2e105def09 Remove code to match IPv4 pg_hba.conf entries to IPv4-in-IPv6 addresses.
In investigating yesterday's crash report from Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, I only
looked back as far as commit f3aec2c7f5 where the breakage occurred
(which is why I thought the IPv4-in-IPv6 business was undocumented).  But
actually the logic dates back to commit 3c9bb8886d and was simply
broken by erroneous refactoring in the later commit.  A bit of archives
excavation shows that we added the whole business in response to a report
that some 2003-era Linux kernels would report IPv4 connections as having
IPv4-in-IPv6 addresses.  The fact that we've had no complaints since 9.0
seems to be sufficient confirmation that no modern kernels do that, so
let's just rip it all out rather than trying to fix it.

Do this in the back branches too, thus essentially deciding that our
effective behavior since 9.0 is correct.  If there are any platforms on
which the kernel reports IPv4-in-IPv6 addresses as such, yesterday's fix
would have made for a subtle and potentially security-sensitive change in
the effective meaning of IPv4 pg_hba.conf entries, which does not seem like
a good thing to do in minor releases.  So let's let the post-9.0 behavior
stand, and change the documentation to match it.

In passing, I failed to resist the temptation to wordsmith the description
of pg_hba.conf IPv4 and IPv6 address entries a bit.  A lot of this text
hasn't been touched since we were IPv4-only.
2015-02-17 12:49:18 -05:00
Robert Haas
5d6c2405f4 Improve pg_check_dir code and comments.
Avoid losing errno if readdir() fails and closedir() works.  Consistently
return 4 rather than 3 if both a lost+found directory and other files are
found, rather than returning one value or the other depending on the
order of the directory listing.  Update comments to match the actual
behavior.

These oversights date to commits 6f03927fce
and 17f1523932.

Marco Nenciarini
2015-02-17 10:19:30 -05:00
Tom Lane
cb66f495f5 Fix misuse of memcpy() in check_ip().
The previous coding copied garbage into a local variable, pretty much
ensuring that the intended test of an IPv6 connection address against a
promoted IPv4 address from pg_hba.conf would never match.  The lack of
field complaints likely indicates that nobody realized this was supposed
to work, which is unsurprising considering that no user-facing docs suggest
it should work.

In principle this could have led to a SIGSEGV due to reading off the end of
memory, but since the source address would have pointed to somewhere in the
function's stack frame, that's quite unlikely.  What led to discovery of
the bug is Hugo Osvaldo Barrera's report of a crash after an OS upgrade,
which is probably because he is now running a system in which memcpy raises
abort() upon detecting overlapping source and destination areas.  (You'd
have to additionally suppose some things about the stack frame layout to
arrive at this conclusion, but it seems plausible.)

This has been broken since the code was added, in commit f3aec2c7f5,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
2015-02-16 16:18:31 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c478959a00 Fix comment in libpq OpenSSL code about why a substitue BIO is used.
The comment was copy-pasted from the backend code along with the
implementation, but libpq has different reasons for using the BIO.
2015-02-16 23:05:20 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1c2b7c0879 Restore the SSL_set_session_id_context() call to OpenSSL renegotiation.
This reverts the removal of the call in commit (272923a0). It turns out it
wasn't superfluous after all: without it, renegotiation fails if a client
certificate was used. The rest of the changes in that commit are still OK
and not reverted.

Per investigation of bug #12769 by Arne Scheffer, although this doesn't fix
the reported bug yet.
2015-02-16 22:34:32 +02:00
Tom Lane
9e3ad1aac5 Use fast path in plpgsql's RETURN/RETURN NEXT in more cases.
exec_stmt_return() and exec_stmt_return_next() have fast-path code for
handling a simple variable reference (i.e. "return var") without going
through the full expression evaluation machinery.  For some reason,
pl_gram.y was under the impression that this fast path only applied for
record/row variables; but in reality code for handling regular scalar
variables has been there all along.  Adjusting the logic to allow that
code to be used actually results in a net savings of code in pl_gram.y
(by eliminating some redundancy), and it buys a measurable though not
very impressive amount of speedup.

Noted while fooling with my expanded-array patch, wherein this makes a much
bigger difference because it enables returning an expanded array variable
without an extra flattening step.  But AFAICS this is a win regardless,
so commit it separately.
2015-02-16 15:28:48 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2c75531a6c In the SSL test suite, use a root CA cert that won't expire (so quickly)
All the other certificates were created to be valid for 10000 days, because
we don't want to have to recreate them. But I missed the root CA cert, and
the pre-created certificates included in the repository expired in January.
Fix, and re-create all the certificates.
2015-02-16 22:11:43 +02:00
Tom Lane
e983c4d1aa Rationalize the APIs of array element/slice access functions.
The four functions array_ref, array_set, array_get_slice, array_set_slice
have traditionally declared their array inputs and results as being of type
"ArrayType *".  This is a lie, and has been since Berkeley days, because
they actually also support "fixed-length array" types such as "name" and
"point"; not to mention that the inputs could be toasted.  These values
should be declared Datum instead to avoid confusion.  The current coding
already risks possible misoptimization by compilers, and it'll get worse
when "expanded" array representations become a valid alternative.

However, there's a fair amount of code using array_ref and array_set with
arrays that *are* known to be ArrayType structures, and there might be more
such places in third-party code.  Rather than cluttering those call sites
with PointerGetDatum/DatumGetArrayTypeP cruft, what I did was to rename the
existing functions to array_get_element/array_set_element, fix their
signatures, then reincarnate array_ref/array_set as backwards compatibility
wrappers.

array_get_slice/array_set_slice have no such constituency in the core code,
and probably not in third-party code either, so I just changed their APIs.
2015-02-16 12:23:58 -05:00
Tom Lane
08361cea2b Fix null-pointer-deref crash while doing COPY IN with check constraints.
In commit bf7ca15875 I introduced an
assumption that an RTE referenced by a whole-row Var must have a valid eref
field.  This is false for RTEs constructed by DoCopy, and there are other
places taking similar shortcuts.  Perhaps we should make all those places
go through addRangeTableEntryForRelation or its siblings instead of having
ad-hoc logic, but the most reliable fix seems to be to make the new code in
ExecEvalWholeRowVar cope if there's no eref.  We can reasonably assume that
there's no need to insert column aliases if no aliases were provided.

Add a regression test case covering this, and also verifying that a sane
column name is in fact available in this situation.

Although the known case only crashes in 9.4 and HEAD, it seems prudent to
back-patch the code change to 9.2, since all the ingredients for a similar
failure exist in the variant patch applied to 9.3 and 9.2.

Per report from Jean-Pierre Pelletier.
2015-02-15 23:26:45 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
64cdbbc48c pg_regress: Write processed input/*.source into output dir
Before, it was writing the processed files into the input directory,
which is incorrect in a vpath build.
2015-02-14 21:33:41 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
33e879c4e9 Fix broken #ifdef for __sparcv8
Rob Rowan. Backpatch to all supported versions, like the patch that added
the broken #ifdef.
2015-02-13 23:56:25 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
80788a431e Simplify waiting logic in reading from / writing to client.
The client socket is always in non-blocking mode, and if we actually want
blocking behaviour, we emulate it by sleeping and retrying. But we have
retry loops at different layers for reads and writes, which was confusing.
To simplify, remove all the sleeping and retrying code from the lower
levels, from be_tls_read and secure_raw_read and secure_raw_write, and put
all the logic in secure_read() and secure_write().
2015-02-13 21:46:14 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
272923a0a6 Simplify the way OpenSSL renegotiation is initiated in server.
At least in all modern versions of OpenSSL, it is enough to call
SSL_renegotiate() once, and then forget about it. Subsequent SSL_write()
and SSL_read() calls will finish the handshake.

The SSL_set_session_id_context() call is unnecessary too. We only have
one SSL context, and the SSL session was created with that to begin with.
2015-02-13 21:46:08 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
866f3017a8 pg_upgrade: preserve freeze info for postgres/template1 dbs
pg_database.datfrozenxid and pg_database.datminmxid were not preserved
for the 'postgres' and 'template1' databases.  This could cause missing
clog file errors on access to user tables and indexes after upgrades in
these databases.

Backpatch through 9.0
2015-02-11 21:02:44 -05:00
Tom Lane
4f38a281a3 Fix missing PQclear() in libpqrcv_endstreaming().
This omission leaked one PGresult per WAL streaming cycle, which possibly
would never be enough to notice in the real world, but it's still a leak.

Per Coverity.  Back-patch to 9.3 where the error was introduced.
2015-02-11 19:20:49 -05:00
Tom Lane
58146d35de Fix minor memory leak in ident_inet().
We'd leak the ident_serv data structure if the second pg_getaddrinfo_all
(the one for the local address) failed.  This is not of great consequence
because a failure return here just leads directly to backend exit(), but
if this function is going to try to clean up after itself at all, it should
not have such holes in the logic.  Try to fix it in a future-proof way by
having all the failure exits go through the same cleanup path, rather than
"optimizing" some of them.

Per Coverity.  Back-patch to 9.2, which is as far back as this patch
applies cleanly.
2015-02-11 19:09:54 -05:00
Tom Lane
9179444d07 Fix more memory leaks in failure path in buildACLCommands.
We already had one go at this issue in commit d73b7f973d, but we
failed to notice that buildACLCommands also leaked several PQExpBuffers
along with a simply malloc'd string.  This time let's try to make the
fix a bit more future-proof by eliminating the separate exit path.

It's still not exactly critical because pg_dump will curl up and die on
failure; but since the amount of the potential leak is now several KB,
it seems worth back-patching as far as 9.2 where the previous fix landed.

Per Coverity, which evidently is smarter than clang's static analyzer.
2015-02-11 18:35:23 -05:00
Tom Lane
9feefedf9e Fix pg_dump's heuristic for deciding which casts to dump.
Back in 2003 we had a discussion about how to decide which casts to dump.
At the time pg_dump really only considered an object's containing schema
to decide what to dump (ie, dump whatever's not in pg_catalog), and so
we chose a complicated idea involving whether the underlying types were to
be dumped (cf commit a6790ce857).  But users
are allowed to create casts between built-in types, and we failed to dump
such casts.  Let's get rid of that heuristic, which has accreted even more
ugliness since then, in favor of just looking at the cast's OID to decide
if it's a built-in cast or not.

In passing, also fix some really ancient code that supposed that it had to
manufacture a dependency for the cast on its cast function; that's only
true when dumping from a pre-7.3 server.  This just resulted in some wasted
cycles and duplicate dependency-list entries with newer servers, but we
might as well improve it.

Per gripes from a number of people, most recently Greg Sabino Mullane.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
2015-02-10 22:38:15 -05:00
Tom Lane
1a179f36f7 Fix GEQO to not assume its join order heuristic always works.
Back in commit 400e2c9344 I rewrote GEQO's
gimme_tree function to improve its heuristic for modifying the given tour
into a legal join order.  In what can only be called a fit of hubris,
I supposed that this new heuristic would *always* find a legal join order,
and ripped out the old logic that allowed gimme_tree to sometimes fail.

The folly of this is exposed by bug #12760, in which the "greedy" clumping
behavior of merge_clump() can lead it into a dead end which could only be
recovered from by un-clumping.  We have no code for that and wouldn't know
exactly what to do with it if we did.  Rather than try to improve the
heuristic rules still further, let's just recognize that it *is* a
heuristic and probably must always have failure cases.  So, put back the
code removed in the previous commit to allow for failure (but comment it
a bit better this time).

It's possible that this code was actually fully correct at the time and
has only been broken by the introduction of LATERAL.  But having seen this
example I no longer have much faith in that proposition, so back-patch to
all supported branches.
2015-02-10 20:37:19 -05:00
Michael Meskes
1f393fc923 Fixed array handling in ecpg.
When ecpg was rewritten to the new protocol version not all variable types
were corrected. This patch rewrites the code for these types to fix that. It
also fixes the documentation to correctly tell the status of array handling.
2015-02-10 12:04:10 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
025c02420d Speed up CRC calculation using slicing-by-8 algorithm.
This speeds up WAL generation and replay. The new algorithm is
significantly faster with large inputs, like full-page images or when
inserting wide rows. It is slower with tiny inputs, i.e. less than 10 bytes
or so, but the speedup with longer inputs more than make up for that. Even
small WAL records at least have 24 byte header in the front.

The output is identical to the current byte-at-a-time computation, so this
does not affect compatibility. The new algorithm is only used for the
CRC-32C variant, not the legacy version used in tsquery or the
"traditional" CRC-32 used in hstore and ltree. Those are not as performance
critical, and are usually only applied over small inputs, so it seems
better to not carry around the extra lookup tables to speed up those rare
cases.

Abhijit Menon-Sen
2015-02-10 10:54:40 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
cc761b170c Fix MSVC build.
When I moved pg_crc.c from src/port to src/common, I forgot to modify MSVC
build script accordingly.
2015-02-09 22:13:50 +02:00
Tom Lane
bc4de01db3 Minor cleanup/code review for "indirect toast" stuff.
Fix some issues I noticed while fooling with an extension to allow an
additional kind of toast pointer.  Much of this is just comment
improvement, but there are a couple of actual bugs, which might or might
not be reachable today depending on what can happen during logical
decoding.  An example is that toast_flatten_tuple() failed to cover the
possibility of an indirection pointer in its input.  Back-patch to 9.4
just in case that is reachable now.

In HEAD, also correct some really minor issues with recent compression
reorganization, such as dangerously underparenthesized macros.
2015-02-09 12:30:52 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c619c2351f Move pg_crc.c to src/common, and remove pg_crc_tables.h
To get CRC functionality in a client program, you now need to link with
libpgcommon instead of libpgport. The CRC code has nothing to do with
portability, so libpgcommon is a better home. (libpgcommon didn't exist
when pg_crc.c was originally moved to src/port.)

Remove the possibility to get CRC functionality by just #including
pg_crc_tables.h. I'm not aware of any extensions that actually did that and
couldn't simply link with libpgcommon.

This also moves the pg_crc.h header file from src/include/utils to
src/include/common, which will require changes to any external programs
that currently does #include "utils/pg_crc.h". That seems acceptable, as
include/common is clearly the right home for it now, and the change needed
to any such programs is trivial.
2015-02-09 11:17:56 +02:00
Fujii Masao
40bede5477 Move pg_lzcompress.c to src/common.
The meta data of PGLZ symbolized by PGLZ_Header is removed, to make
the compression and decompression code independent on the backend-only
varlena facility. PGLZ_Header is being used to store some meta data
related to the data being compressed like the raw length of the uncompressed
record or some varlena-related data, making it unpluggable once PGLZ is
stored in src/common as it contains some backend-only code paths with
the management of varlena structures. The APIs of PGLZ are reworked
at the same time to do only compression and decompression of buffers
without the meta-data layer, simplifying its use for a more general usage.

On-disk format is preserved as well, so there is no incompatibility with
previous major versions of PostgreSQL for TOAST entries.

Exposing compression and decompression APIs of pglz makes possible its
use by extensions and contrib modules. Especially this commit is required
for upcoming WAL compression feature so that the WAL reader facility can
decompress the WAL data by using pglz_decompress.

Michael Paquier, reviewed by me.
2015-02-09 15:15:24 +09:00
Noah Misch
237795a7b4 Check DCH_MAX_ITEM_SIZ limits with <=, not <.
We reserve space for the full amount, not one less.  The affected checks
deal with localized month and day names.  Today's DCH_MAX_ITEM_SIZ value
would suffice for a 60-byte day name, while the longest known is the
49-byte mn_CN.utf-8 word for "Saturday."  Thus, the upshot of this
change is merely to avoid misdirecting future readers of the code; users
are not expected to see errors either way.
2015-02-06 23:39:52 -05:00
Noah Misch
a7a4adcf8d Assert(PqCommReadingMsg) in pq_peekbyte().
Interrupting pq_recvbuf() can break protocol sync, so its callers all
deserve this assertion.  The one pq_peekbyte() caller suffices already.
2015-02-06 23:14:27 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ff16b40f8c Report WAL flush, not insert, position in replication IDENTIFY_SYSTEM
When beginning streaming replication, the client usually issues the
IDENTIFY_SYSTEM command, which used to return the current WAL insert
position. That's not suitable for the intended purpose of that field,
however. pg_receivexlog uses it to start replication from the reported
point, but if it hasn't been flushed to disk yet, it will fail. Change
IDENTIFY_SYSTEM to report the flush position instead.

Backpatch to 9.1 and above. 9.0 doesn't report any WAL position.
2015-02-06 11:26:50 +02:00
Michael Meskes
5ee5bc3873 This routine was calling ecpg_alloc to allocate to memory but did not
actually check the returned pointer allocated, potentially NULL which
could be the result of a malloc call.

Issue noted by Coverity, fixed by Michael Paquier <michael@otacoo.com>
2015-02-05 15:12:34 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d88976cfa1 Use a separate memory context for GIN scan keys.
It was getting tedious to track and release all the different things that
form a scan key. We were leaking at least the queryCategories array, and
possibly more, on a rescan. That was visible if a GIN index was used in a
nested loop join. This also protects from leaks in extractQuery method.

No backpatching, given the lack of complaints from the field. Maybe later,
after this has received more field testing.
2015-02-04 17:40:25 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
57fe246890 Fix reference-after-free when waiting for another xact due to constraint.
If an insertion or update had to wait for another transaction to finish,
because there was another insertion with conflicting key in progress,
we would pass a just-free'd item pointer to XactLockTableWait().

All calls to XactLockTableWait() and MultiXactIdWait() had similar issues.
Some passed a pointer to a buffer in the buffer cache, after already
releasing the lock. The call in EvalPlanQualFetch had already released the
pin too. All but the call in execUtils.c would merely lead to reporting a
bogus ctid, however (or an assertion failure, if enabled).

All the callers that passed HeapTuple->t_data->t_ctid were slightly bogus
anyway: if the tuple was updated (again) in the same transaction, its ctid
field would point to the next tuple in the chain, not the tuple itself.

Backpatch to 9.4, where the 'ctid' argument to XactLockTableWait was added
(in commit f88d4cfc)
2015-02-04 16:00:34 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c31b5d9ddf Fix memory leaks on OOM in ecpg.
These are fairly obscure cases, but let's keep Coverity happy.

Michael Paquier with some further fixes by me.
2015-02-04 14:55:30 +02:00
Andres Freund
ff8ca3b04c Add missing float.h include to snprintf.c.
On windows _isnan() (which isnan() is redirected to in port/win32.h)
is declared in float.h, not math.h.

Per buildfarm animal currawong.

Backpatch to all supported branches.
2015-02-04 13:27:31 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
302262d521 Add dummy PQsslAttributes function for non-SSL builds.
All the other new SSL information functions had dummy versions in
be-secure.c, but I missed PQsslAttributes(). Oops. Surprisingly, the linker
did not complain about the missing function on most platforms represented in
the buildfarm, even though it is exported, except for a few Windows systems.
2015-02-04 09:13:15 +02:00
Andres Freund
3a54f4a494 Remove ill-conceived Assertion in ProcessClientWriteInterrupt().
It's perfectly fine to have blocked interrupts when
ProcessClientWriteInterrupt() is called. In fact it's commonly the
case when emitting error reports. And we deal with that correctly.

Even if that'd not be the case, it'd be a bad location for such a
assertion. Because ProcessClientWriteInterrupt() is only called when
the socket is blocked it's hard to hit.

Per Heikki and buildfarm animals nightjar and dunlin.
2015-02-03 23:52:15 +01:00
Andres Freund
2505ce0be0 Remove remnants of ImmediateInterruptOK handling.
Now that nothing sets ImmediateInterruptOK to true anymore, we can
remove all the supporting code.

Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
2015-02-03 23:25:47 +01:00
Andres Freund
d06995710b Remove the option to service interrupts during PGSemaphoreLock().
The remaining caller (lwlocks) doesn't need that facility, and we plan
to remove ImmedidateInterruptOK entirely. That means that interrupts
can't be serviced race-free and portably anyway, so there's little
reason for keeping the feature.

Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
2015-02-03 23:25:00 +01:00
Andres Freund
6753333f55 Move deadlock and other interrupt handling in proc.c out of signal handlers.
Deadlock checking was performed inside signal handlers up to
now. While it's a remarkable feat to have made this work reliably,
it's quite complex to understand why that is the case. Partially it
worked due to the assumption that semaphores are signal safe - which
is not actually documented to be the case for sysv semaphores.

The reason we had to rely on performing this work inside signal
handlers is that semaphores aren't guaranteed to be interruptable by
signals on all platforms. But now that latches provide a somewhat
similar API, which actually has the guarantee of being interruptible,
we can avoid doing so.

Signalling between ProcSleep, ProcWakeup, ProcWaitForSignal and
ProcSendSignal is now done using latches. This increases the
likelihood of spurious wakeups. As spurious wakeup already were
possible and aren't likely to be frequent enough to be an actual
problem, this seems acceptable.

This change would allow for further simplification of the deadlock
checking, now that it doesn't have to run in a signal handler. But
even if I were motivated to do so right now, it would still be better
to do that separately. Such a cleanup shouldn't have to be reviewed a
the same time as the more fundamental changes in this commit.

There is one possible usability regression due to this commit. Namely
it is more likely than before that log_lock_waits messages are output
more than once.

Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
2015-02-03 23:24:38 +01:00
Andres Freund
6647248e37 Don't allow immediate interrupts during authentication anymore.
We used to handle authentication_timeout by setting
ImmediateInterruptOK to true during large parts of the authentication
phase of a new connection.  While that happens to work acceptably in
practice, it's not particularly nice and has ugly corner cases.

Previous commits converted the FE/BE communication to use latches and
implemented support for interrupt handling during both
send/recv. Building on top of that work we can get rid of
ImmediateInterruptOK during authentication, by immediately treating
timeouts during authentication as a reason to die. As die interrupts
are handled immediately during client communication that provides a
sensibly quick reaction time to authentication timeout.

Additionally add a few CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() to some more complex
authentication methods. More could be added, but this already should
provides a reasonable coverage.

While it this overall increases the maximum time till a timeout is
reacted to, it greatly reduces complexity and increases
reliability. That seems like a overall win. If the increase proves to
be noticeable we can deal with those cases by moving to nonblocking
network code and add interrupt checking there.

Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
2015-02-03 22:54:48 +01:00
Tom Lane
cec916f35b Remove unused "m" field in LSEG.
This field has been unreferenced since 1998, and does not appear in lseg
values stored on disk (since sizeof(lseg) is only 32 bytes according to
pg_type).  There was apparently some idea of maintaining it just in values
appearing in memory, but the bookkeeping required to make that work would
surely far outweigh the cost of recalculating the line's slope when needed.
Remove it to (a) simplify matters and (b) suppress some uninitialized-field
whining from Coverity.
2015-02-03 16:53:32 -05:00
Andres Freund
4fe384bd85 Process 'die' interrupts while reading/writing from the client socket.
Up to now it was impossible to terminate a backend that was trying to
send/recv data to/from the client when the socket's buffer was already
full/empty. While the send/recv calls itself might have gotten
interrupted by signals on some platforms, we just immediately retried.

That could lead to situations where a backend couldn't be terminated ,
after a client died without the connection being closed, because it
was blocked in send/recv.

The problem was far more likely to be hit when sending data than when
reading. That's because while reading a command from the client, and
during authentication, we processed interrupts immediately . That
primarily left COPY FROM STDIN as being problematic for recv.

Change things so that that we process 'die' events immediately when
the appropriate signal arrives. We can't sensibly react to query
cancels at that point, because we might loose sync with the client as
we could be in the middle of writing a message.

We don't interrupt writes if the write buffer isn't full, as indicated
by write() returning EWOULDBLOCK, as that would lead to fewer error
messages reaching clients.

Per discussion with Kyotaro HORIGUCHI and Heikki Linnakangas

Discussion: 20140927191243.GD5423@alap3.anarazel.de
2015-02-03 22:45:45 +01:00
Andres Freund
4f85fde8eb Introduce and use infrastructure for interrupt processing during client reads.
Up to now large swathes of backend code ran inside signal handlers
while reading commands from the client, to allow for speedy reaction to
asynchronous events. Most prominently shared invalidation and NOTIFY
handling. That means that complex code like the starting/stopping of
transactions is run in signal handlers...  The required code was
fragile and verbose, and is likely to contain bugs.

That approach also severely limited what could be done while
communicating with the client. As the read might be from within
openssl it wasn't safely possible to trigger an error, e.g. to cancel
a backend in idle-in-transaction state. We did that in some cases,
namely fatal errors, nonetheless.

Now that FE/BE communication in the backend employs non-blocking
sockets and latches to block, we can quite simply interrupt reads from
signal handlers by setting the latch. That allows us to signal an
interrupted read, which is supposed to be retried after returning from
within the ssl library.

As signal handlers now only need to set the latch to guarantee timely
interrupt processing, remove a fair amount of complicated & fragile
code from async.c and sinval.c.

We could now actually start to process some kinds of interrupts, like
sinval ones, more often that before, but that seems better done
separately.

This work will hopefully allow to handle cases like being blocked by
sending data, interrupting idle transactions and similar to be
implemented without too much effort.  In addition to allowing getting
rid of ImmediateInterruptOK, that is.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
2015-02-03 22:25:20 +01:00
Andres Freund
387da18874 Use a nonblocking socket for FE/BE communication and block using latches.
This allows to introduce more elaborate handling of interrupts while
reading from a socket.  Currently some interrupt handlers have to do
significant work from inside signal handlers, and it's very hard to
correctly write code to do so.  Generic signal handler limitations,
combined with the fact that we can't safely jump out of a signal
handler while reading from the client have prohibited implementation
of features like timeouts for idle-in-transaction.

Additionally we use the latch code to wait in a couple places where we
previously only had waiting code on windows as other platforms just
busy looped.

This can increase the number of systemcalls happening during FE/BE
communication. Benchmarks so far indicate that the impact isn't very
high, and there's room for optimization in the latch code. The chance
of cleaning up the usage of latches gives us, seem to outweigh the
risk of small performance regressions.

This commit theoretically can't used without the next patch in the
series, as WaitLatchOrSocket is not defined to be fully signal
safe. As we already do that in some cases though, it seems better to
keep the commits separate, so they're easier to understand.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
2015-02-03 22:03:48 +01:00
Tom Lane
778d498c7d Fix breakage in GEODEBUG debug code.
LINE doesn't have an "m" field (anymore anyway).  Also fix unportable
assumption that %x can print the result of pointer subtraction.

In passing, improve single_decode() in minor ways:
* Remove unnecessary leading-whitespace skip (strtod does that already).
* Make GEODEBUG message more intelligible.
* Remove entirely-useless test to see if strtod returned a silly pointer.
* Don't bother computing trailing-whitespace skip unless caller wants
  an ending pointer.

This has been broken since 261c7d4b65.
Although it's only debug code, might as well fix the 9.4 branch too.
2015-02-03 15:20:45 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
91fa7b4719 Add API functions to libpq to interrogate SSL related stuff.
This makes it possible to query for things like the SSL version and cipher
used, without depending on OpenSSL functions or macros. That is a good
thing if we ever get another SSL implementation.

PQgetssl() still works, but it should be considered as deprecated as it
only works with OpenSSL. In particular, PQgetSslInUse() should be used to
check if a connection uses SSL, because as soon as we have another
implementation, PQgetssl() will return NULL even if SSL is in use.
2015-02-03 19:57:52 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
809d9a260b Refactor page compactifying code.
The logic to compact away removed tuples from page was duplicated with
small differences in PageRepairFragmentation, PageIndexMultiDelete, and
PageIndexDeleteNoCompact. Put it into a common function.

Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2015-02-03 14:09:29 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
efba7a542f Fix typo in comment.
Amit Langote
2015-02-03 09:49:07 +02:00
Robert Haas
5d2f957f3f Add new function BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid.
Sometimes it's useful for a background worker to be able to initialize
its database connection by OID rather than by name, so provide a way
to do that.
2015-02-02 16:23:59 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2b3a8b20c2 Be more careful to not lose sync in the FE/BE protocol.
If any error occurred while we were in the middle of reading a protocol
message from the client, we could lose sync, and incorrectly try to
interpret a part of another message as a new protocol message. That will
usually lead to an "invalid frontend message" error that terminates the
connection. However, this is a security issue because an attacker might
be able to deliberately cause an error, inject a Query message in what's
supposed to be just user data, and have the server execute it.

We were quite careful to not have CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() calls or other
operations that could ereport(ERROR) in the middle of processing a message,
but a query cancel interrupt or statement timeout could nevertheless cause
it to happen. Also, the V2 fastpath and COPY handling were not so careful.
It's very difficult to recover in the V2 COPY protocol, so we will just
terminate the connection on error. In practice, that's what happened
previously anyway, as we lost protocol sync.

To fix, add a new variable in pqcomm.c, PqCommReadingMsg, that is set
whenever we're in the middle of reading a message. When it's set, we cannot
safely ERROR out and continue running, because we might've read only part
of a message. PqCommReadingMsg acts somewhat similarly to critical sections
in that if an error occurs while it's set, the error handler will force the
connection to be terminated, as if the error was FATAL. It's not
implemented by promoting ERROR to FATAL in elog.c, like ERROR is promoted
to PANIC in critical sections, because we want to be able to use
PG_TRY/CATCH to recover and regain protocol sync. pq_getmessage() takes
advantage of that to prevent an OOM error from terminating the connection.

To prevent unnecessary connection terminations, add a holdoff mechanism
similar to HOLD/RESUME_INTERRUPTS() that can be used hold off query cancel
interrupts, but still allow die interrupts. The rules on which interrupts
are processed when are now a bit more complicated, so refactor
ProcessInterrupts() and the calls to it in signal handlers so that the
signal handlers always call it if ImmediateInterruptOK is set, and
ProcessInterrupts() can decide to not do anything if the other conditions
are not met.

Reported by Emil Lenngren. Patch reviewed by Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
Backpatch to all supported versions.

Security: CVE-2015-0244
2015-02-02 17:09:53 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
29725b3db6 port/snprintf(): fix overflow and do padding
Prevent port/snprintf() from overflowing its local fixed-size
buffer and pad to the desired number of digits with zeros, even
if the precision is beyond the ability of the native sprintf().
port/snprintf() is only used on systems that lack a native
snprintf().

Reported by Bruce Momjian. Patch by Tom Lane.	Backpatch to all
supported versions.

Security: CVE-2015-0242
2015-02-02 10:00:45 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
9241c84cbc to_char(): prevent writing beyond the allocated buffer
Previously very long localized month and weekday strings could
overflow the allocated buffers, causing a server crash.

Reported and patch reviewed by Noah Misch.  Backpatch to all
supported versions.

Security: CVE-2015-0241
2015-02-02 10:00:45 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
0150ab567b to_char(): prevent accesses beyond the allocated buffer
Previously very long field masks for floats could access memory
beyond the existing buffer allocated to hold the result.

Reported by Andres Freund and Peter Geoghegan.	Backpatch to all
supported versions.

Security: CVE-2015-0241
2015-02-02 10:00:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
f8948616c9 Translation updates
Source-Git-URL: git://git.postgresql.org/git/pgtranslation/messages.git
Source-Git-Hash: 19c72ea8d856d7b1d4f5d759a766c8206bf9ce53
2015-02-01 23:23:40 -05:00
Tom Lane
b7d254c079 Fix documentation of psql's ECHO all mode.
"ECHO all" is ignored for interactive input, and has been for a very long
time, though possibly not for as long as the documentation has claimed the
opposite.  Fix that, and also note that empty lines aren't echoed, which
while dubious is another longstanding behavior (it's embedded in our
regression test files for one thing).  Per bug #12721 from Hans Ginzel.

In HEAD, also improve the code comments in this area, and suppress an
unnecessary fflush(stdout) when we're not echoing.  That would likely
be safe to back-patch, but I'll not risk it mere hours before a release
wrap.
2015-01-31 18:35:13 -05:00
Tom Lane
08bd0c5811 Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2015a.
DST law changes in Chile and Mexico (state of Quintana Roo).
Historical changes for Iceland.
2015-01-30 22:45:44 -05:00
Tom Lane
451d280815 Fix jsonb Unicode escape processing, and in consequence disallow \u0000.
We've been trying to support \u0000 in JSON values since commit
78ed8e03c6, and have introduced increasingly worse hacks to try to
make it work, such as commit 0ad1a81632.  However, it fundamentally
can't work in the way envisioned, because the stored representation looks
the same as for \\u0000 which is not the same thing at all.  It's also
entirely bogus to output \u0000 when de-escaped output is called for.

The right way to do this would be to store an actual 0x00 byte, and then
throw error only if asked to produce de-escaped textual output.  However,
getting to that point seems likely to take considerable work and may well
never be practical in the 9.4.x series.

To preserve our options for better behavior while getting rid of the nasty
side-effects of 0ad1a81632, revert that commit in toto and instead
throw error if \u0000 is used in a context where it needs to be de-escaped.
(These are the same contexts where non-ASCII Unicode escapes throw error
if the database encoding isn't UTF8, so this behavior is by no means
without precedent.)

In passing, make both the \u0000 case and the non-ASCII Unicode case report
ERRCODE_UNTRANSLATABLE_CHARACTER / "unsupported Unicode escape sequence"
rather than claiming there's something wrong with the input syntax.

Back-patch to 9.4, where we have to do something because 0ad1a81632
broke things for many cases having nothing to do with \u0000.  9.3 also has
bogus behavior, but only for that specific escape value, so given the lack
of field complaints it seems better to leave 9.3 alone.
2015-01-30 14:44:56 -05:00
Robert Haas
bd4e2fd97d Provide a way to supress the "out of memory" error when allocating.
Using the new interface MemoryContextAllocExtended, callers can
specify MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM if they are prepared to handle a NULL
return value.

Michael Paquier, reviewed and somewhat revised by me.
2015-01-30 12:56:48 -05:00
Tom Lane
3d660d33aa Fix assorted oversights in range selectivity estimation.
calc_rangesel() failed outright when comparing range variables to empty
constant ranges with < or >=, as a result of missing cases in a switch.
It also produced a bogus estimate for > comparison to an empty range.

On top of that, the >= and > cases were mislabeled throughout.  For
nonempty constant ranges, they managed to produce the right answers
anyway as a result of counterbalancing typos.

Also, default_range_selectivity() omitted cases for elem <@ range,
range &< range, and range &> range, so that rather dubious defaults
were applied for these operators.

In passing, rearrange the code in rangesel() so that the elem <@ range
case is handled in a less opaque fashion.

Report and patch by Emre Hasegeli, some additional work by me
2015-01-30 12:30:59 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
68fa75f318 Fix query-duration memory leak with GIN rescans.
The requiredEntries / additionalEntries arrays were not freed in
freeScanKeys() like other per-key stuff.

It's not obvious, but startScanKey() was only ever called after the keys
have been initialized with ginNewScanKey(). That's why it doesn't need to
worry about freeing existing arrays. The ginIsNewKey() test in gingetbitmap
was never true, because ginrescan free's the existing keys, and it's not OK
to call gingetbitmap twice in a row without calling ginrescan in between.
To make that clear, remove the unnecessary ginIsNewKey(). And just to be
extra sure that nothing funny happens if there is an existing key after all,
call freeScanKeys() to free it if it exists. This makes the code more
straightforward.

(I'm seeing other similar leaks in testing a query that rescans an GIN index
scan, but that's a different issue. This just fixes the obvious leak with
those two arrays.)

Backpatch to 9.4, where GIN fast scan was added.
2015-01-30 17:58:23 +01:00
Kevin Grittner
cff1bd2a3c Allow pg_dump to use jobs and serializable transactions together.
Since 9.3, when the --jobs option was introduced, using it together
with the --serializable-deferrable option generated multiple
errors.  We can get correct behavior by allowing the connection
which acquires the snapshot to use SERIALIZABLE, READ ONLY,
DEFERRABLE and pass that to the workers running the other
connections using REPEATABLE READ, READ ONLY.  This is a bit of a
kluge since the SERIALIZABLE behavior is achieved by running some
of the participating connections at a different isolation level,
but it is a simple and safe change, suitable for back-patching.

This will be followed by a proposal for a more invasive fix with
some slight behavioral changes on just the master branch, based on
suggestions from Andres Freund, but the kluge will be applied to
master until something is agreed along those lines.

Back-patched to 9.3, where the --jobs option was added.

Based on report from Alexander Korotkov
2015-01-30 08:57:24 -06:00
Stephen Frost
32bf6ee6ab Fix BuildIndexValueDescription for expressions
In 804b6b6db4 we modified
BuildIndexValueDescription to pay attention to which columns are visible
to the user, but unfortunatley that commit neglected to consider indexes
which are built on expressions.

Handle error-reporting of violations of constraint indexes based on
expressions by not returning any detail when the user does not have
table-level SELECT rights.

Backpatch to 9.0, as the prior commit was.

Pointed out by Tom.
2015-01-29 21:59:34 -05:00
Andres Freund
17792bfc5b Properly terminate the array returned by GetLockConflicts().
GetLockConflicts() has for a long time not properly terminated the
returned array. During normal processing the returned array is zero
initialized which, while not pretty, is sufficient to be recognized as
a invalid virtual transaction id. But the HotStandby case is more than
aesthetically broken: The allocated (and reused) array is neither
zeroed upon allocation, nor reinitialized, nor terminated.

Not having a terminating element means that the end of the array will
not be recognized and that recovery conflict handling will thus read
ahead into adjacent memory. Only terminating when hitting memory
content that looks like a invalid virtual transaction id.  Luckily
this seems so far not have caused significant problems, besides making
recovery conflict more expensive.

Discussion: 20150127142713.GD29457@awork2.anarazel.de

Backpatch into all supported branches.
2015-01-29 22:48:45 +01:00
Andres Freund
ed127002d8 Align buffer descriptors to cache line boundaries.
Benchmarks has shown that aligning the buffer descriptor array to
cache lines is important for scalability; especially on bigger,
multi-socket, machines.

Currently the array sometimes already happens to be aligned by
happenstance, depending how large previous shared memory allocations
were. That can lead to wildly varying performance results after minor
configuration changes.

In addition to aligning the start of descriptor array, also force the
size of individual descriptors to be of a common cache line size (64
bytes). That happens to already be the case on 64bit platforms, but
this way we can change the struct BufferDesc more easily.

As the alignment primarily matters in highly concurrent workloads
which probably all are 64bit these days, and the space wastage of
element alignment would be a bit more noticeable on 32bit systems, we
don't force the stride to be cacheline sized on 32bit platforms for
now. If somebody does actual performance testing, we can reevaluate
that decision by changing the definition of BUFFERDESC_PADDED_SIZE.

Discussion: 20140202151319.GD32123@awork2.anarazel.de

Per discussion with Bruce Momjan, Tom Lane, Robert Haas, and Peter
Geoghegan.
2015-01-29 22:48:45 +01:00
Andres Freund
7142bfbbd3 Fix #ifdefed'ed out code to compile again. 2015-01-29 22:48:45 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
31ed42b9a3 Fix bug where GIN scan keys were not initialized with gin_fuzzy_search_limit.
When gin_fuzzy_search_limit was used, we could jump out of startScan()
without calling startScanKey(). That was harmless in 9.3 and below, because
startScanKey()() didn't do anything interesting, but in 9.4 it initializes
information needed for skipping entries (aka GIN fast scans), and you
readily get a segfault if it's not done. Nevertheless, it was clearly wrong
all along, so backpatch all the way to 9.1 where the early return was
introduced.

(AFAICS startScanKey() did nothing useful in 9.3 and below, because the
fields it initialized were already initialized in ginFillScanKey(), but I
don't dare to change that in a minor release. ginFillScanKey() is always
called in gingetbitmap() even though there's a check there to see if the
scan keys have already been initialized, because they never are; ginrescan()
free's them.)

In the passing, remove unnecessary if-check from the second inner loop in
startScan(). We already check in the first loop that the condition is true
for all entries.

Reported by Olaf Gawenda, bug #12694, Backpatch to 9.1 and above, although
AFAICS it causes a live bug only in 9.4.
2015-01-29 19:35:55 +02:00
Robert Haas
3d6d1b5855 Move out-of-memory error checks from aset.c to mcxt.c
This potentially allows us to add mcxt.c interfaces that do something
other than throw an error when memory cannot be allocated.  We'll
handle adding those interfaces in a separate commit.

Michael Paquier, with minor changes by me
2015-01-29 10:23:38 -05:00
Stephen Frost
c7cf9a2433 Add usebypassrls to pg_user and pg_shadow
The row level security patches didn't add the 'usebypassrls' columns to
the pg_user and pg_shadow views on the belief that they were deprecated,
but we havn't actually said they are and therefore we should include it.

This patch corrects that, adds missing documentation for rolbypassrls
into the system catalog page for pg_authid, along with the entries for
pg_user and pg_shadow, and cleans up a few other uses of 'row-level'
cases to be 'row level' in the docs.

Pointed out by Amit Kapila.

Catalog version bump due to system view changes.
2015-01-28 21:47:15 -05:00
Stephen Frost
f8519a6a46 Clean up range-table building in copy.c
Commit 804b6b6db4 added the build of a
range table in copy.c to initialize the EState es_range_table since it
can be needed in error paths.  Unfortunately, that commit didn't
appreciate that some code paths might end up not initializing the rte
which is used to build the range table.

Fix that and clean up a couple others things along the way- build it
only once and don't explicitly set it on the !is_from path as it
doesn't make any sense there (cstate is palloc0'd, so this isn't an
issue from an initializing standpoint either).

The prior commit went back to 9.0, but this only goes back to 9.1 as
prior to that the range table build happens immediately after building
the RTE and therefore doesn't suffer from this issue.

Pointed out by Robert.
2015-01-28 17:42:28 -05:00
Stephen Frost
804b6b6db4 Fix column-privilege leak in error-message paths
While building error messages to return to the user,
BuildIndexValueDescription, ExecBuildSlotValueDescription and
ri_ReportViolation would happily include the entire key or entire row in
the result returned to the user, even if the user didn't have access to
view all of the columns being included.

Instead, include only those columns which the user is providing or which
the user has select rights on.  If the user does not have any rights
to view the table or any of the columns involved then no detail is
provided and a NULL value is returned from BuildIndexValueDescription
and ExecBuildSlotValueDescription.  Note that, for key cases, the user
must have access to all of the columns for the key to be shown; a
partial key will not be returned.

Further, in master only, do not return any data for cases where row
security is enabled on the relation and row security should be applied
for the user.  This required a bit of refactoring and moving of things
around related to RLS- note the addition of utils/misc/rls.c.

Back-patch all the way, as column-level privileges are now in all
supported versions.

This has been assigned CVE-2014-8161, but since the issue and the patch
have already been publicized on pgsql-hackers, there's no point in trying
to hide this commit.
2015-01-28 12:31:30 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
acc2b1e843 Fix typo in comment. 2015-01-28 10:26:30 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
670bf71f65 Remove dead NULL-pointer checks in GiST code.
gist_poly_compress() and gist_circle_compress() checked for a NULL-pointer
key argument, but that was dead code; the gist code never passes a
NULL-pointer to the "compress" method.

This commit also removes a documentation note added in commit a0a3883,
about doing NULL-pointer checks in the "compress" method. It was added
based on the fact that some implementations were doing NULL-pointer
checks, but those checks were unnecessary in the first place.

The NULL-pointer check in gbt_var_same() function was also unnecessary.
The arguments to the "same" method come from the "compress", "union", or
"picksplit" methods, but none of them return a NULL pointer.

None of this is to be confused with SQL NULL values. Those are dealt with
by the gist machinery, and are never passed to the GiST opclass methods.

Michael Paquier
2015-01-28 10:03:58 +02:00
Tom Lane
1a2b2034d4 Fix NUMERIC field access macros to treat NaNs consistently.
Commit 145343534c arranged to store numeric
NaN values as short-header numerics, but the field access macros did not
get the memo: they thought only "SHORT" numerics have short headers.

Most of the time this makes no difference because we don't access the
weight or dscale of a NaN; but numeric_send does that.  As pointed out
by Andrew Gierth, this led to fetching uninitialized bytes.

AFAICS this could not have any worse consequences than that; in particular,
an unaligned stored numeric would have been detoasted by PG_GETARG_NUMERIC,
so that there's no risk of a fetch off the end of memory.  Still, the code
is wrong on its own terms, and it's not hard to foresee future changes that
might expose us to real risks.  So back-patch to all affected branches.
2015-01-27 12:06:31 -05:00
Tom Lane
4b2a254793 Add a note to PG_TRY's documentation about volatile safety.
We had better memorialize what the actual requirements are for this.
2015-01-26 15:53:37 -05:00
Robert Haas
168a809d4b Re-enable abbreviated keys on Windows.
Commit 1be4eb1b2d disabled this, but I
think the real problem here was fixed by commit
b181a91981 and commit
d060e07fa9.  So let's try re-enabling
it now and see what happens.
2015-01-26 14:28:14 -05:00
Tom Lane
599d00aa68 Fix volatile-safety issue in pltcl_SPI_execute_plan().
The "callargs" variable is modified within PG_TRY and then referenced
within PG_CATCH, which is exactly the coding pattern we've now found
to be unsafe.  Marking "callargs" volatile would be problematic because
it is passed by reference to some Tcl functions, so fix the problem
by not modifying it within PG_TRY.  We can just postpone the free()
till we exit the PG_TRY construct, as is already done elsewhere in this
same file.

Also, fix failure to free(callargs) when exiting on too-many-arguments
error.  This is only a minor memory leak, but a leak nonetheless.

In passing, remove some unnecessary "volatile" markings in the same
function.  Those doubtless are there because gcc 2.95.3 whinged about
them, but we now know that its algorithm for complaining is many bricks
shy of a load.

This is certainly a live bug with compilers that optimize similarly
to current gcc, so back-patch to all active branches.
2015-01-26 12:18:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
c58accd70b Fix volatile-safety issue in asyncQueueReadAllNotifications().
The "pos" variable is modified within PG_TRY and then referenced
within PG_CATCH, so for strict POSIX conformance it must be marked
volatile.  Superficially the code looked safe because pos's address
was taken, which was sufficient to force it into memory ... but it's
not sufficient to ensure that the compiler applies updates exactly
where the program text says to.  The volatility marking has to extend
into a couple of subroutines too, but I think that's probably a good
thing because the risk of out-of-order updates is mostly in those
subroutines not asyncQueueReadAllNotifications() itself.  In principle
the compiler could have re-ordered operations such that an error could
be thrown while "pos" had an incorrect value.

It's unclear how real the risk is here, but for safety back-patch
to all active branches.
2015-01-26 11:57:33 -05:00
Tom Lane
c70f9e8988 Further cleanup of ReorderBufferCommit().
On closer inspection, we can remove the "volatile" qualifier on
"using_subtxn" so long as we initialize that before the PG_TRY block,
which there's no particularly good reason not to do.
Also, push the "change" variable inside the PG_TRY so as to remove
all question of whether it needs "volatile", and remove useless
early initializations of "snapshow_now" and "using_subtxn".
2015-01-25 22:49:56 -05:00
Tom Lane
bf007a27ac Clean up assorted issues in ALTER SYSTEM coding.
Fix unsafe use of a non-volatile variable in PG_TRY/PG_CATCH in
AlterSystemSetConfigFile().  While at it, clean up a bundle of other
infelicities and outright bugs, including corner-case-incorrect linked list
manipulation, a poorly designed and worse documented parse-and-validate
function (which even included some randomly chosen hard-wired substitutes
for the specified elevel in one code path ... wtf?), direct use of open()
instead of fd.c's facilities, inadequate checking of write()'s return
value, and generally poorly written commentary.
2015-01-25 20:19:04 -05:00
Tom Lane
fd496129d1 Clean up some mess in row-security patches.
Fix unsafe coding around PG_TRY in RelationBuildRowSecurity: can't change
a variable inside PG_TRY and then use it in PG_CATCH without marking it
"volatile".  In this case though it seems saner to avoid that by doing
a single assignment before entering the TRY block.

I started out just intending to fix that, but the more I looked at the
row-security code the more distressed I got.  This patch also fixes
incorrect construction of the RowSecurityPolicy cache entries (there was
not sufficient care taken to copy pass-by-ref data into the cache memory
context) and a whole bunch of sloppiness around the definition and use of
pg_policy.polcmd.  You can't use nulls in that column because initdb will
mark it NOT NULL --- and I see no particular reason why a null entry would
be a good idea anyway, so changing initdb's behavior is not the right
answer.  The internal value of '\0' wouldn't be suitable in a "char" column
either, so after a bit of thought I settled on using '*' to represent ALL.
Chasing those changes down also revealed that somebody wasn't paying
attention to what the underlying values of ACL_UPDATE_CHR etc really were,
and there was a great deal of lackadaiscalness in the catalogs.sgml
documentation for pg_policy and pg_policies too.

This doesn't pretend to be a complete code review for the row-security
stuff, it just fixes the things that were in my face while dealing with
the bugs in RelationBuildRowSecurity.
2015-01-24 16:16:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
f8a4dd2e14 Fix unsafe coding in ReorderBufferCommit().
"iterstate" must be marked volatile since it's changed inside the PG_TRY
block and then used in the PG_CATCH stanza.  Noted by Mark Wilding of
Salesforce.  (We really need to see if we can't get the C compiler to warn
about this.)

Also, reset iterstate to NULL after the mainline ReorderBufferIterTXNFinish
call, to ensure the PG_CATCH block doesn't try to do that a second time.
2015-01-24 13:25:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
586dd5d6a5 Replace a bunch more uses of strncpy() with safer coding.
strncpy() has a well-deserved reputation for being unsafe, so make an
effort to get rid of nearly all occurrences in HEAD.

A large fraction of the remaining uses were passing length less than or
equal to the known strlen() of the source, in which case no null-padding
can occur and the behavior is equivalent to memcpy(), though doubtless
slower and certainly harder to reason about.  So just use memcpy() in
these cases.

In other cases, use either StrNCpy() or strlcpy() as appropriate (depending
on whether padding to the full length of the destination buffer seems
useful).

I left a few strncpy() calls alone in the src/timezone/ code, to keep it
in sync with upstream (the IANA tzcode distribution).  There are also a
few such calls in ecpg that could possibly do with more analysis.

AFAICT, none of these changes are more than cosmetic, except for the four
occurrences in fe-secure-openssl.c, which are in fact buggy: an overlength
source leads to a non-null-terminated destination buffer and ensuing
misbehavior.  These don't seem like security issues, first because no stack
clobber is possible and second because if your values of sslcert etc are
coming from untrusted sources then you've got problems way worse than this.
Still, it's undesirable to have unpredictable behavior for overlength
inputs, so back-patch those four changes to all active branches.
2015-01-24 13:05:42 -05:00
Tom Lane
9222cd84b0 Remove no-longer-referenced src/port/gethostname.c.
This file hasn't been part of any build since 2005, and even before that
wasn't used unless you configured --with-krb4 (and had a machine without
gethostname(2), obviously).  What's more, we haven't actually called
gethostname anywhere since then, either (except in thread_test.c, whose
testing of this function is probably pointless).  So we don't need it.
2015-01-24 12:13:57 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
f2789ab84e Fix assignment operator thinko
Pointed out by Michael Paquier
2015-01-24 11:15:56 -03:00
Robert Haas
d1747571b6 Fix typos, update README.
Peter Geoghegan
2015-01-23 15:06:53 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
a179232047 vacuumdb: enable parallel mode
This mode allows vacuumdb to open several server connections to vacuum
or analyze several tables simultaneously.

Author: Dilip Kumar.  Some reworking by Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed by: Jeff Janes, Amit Kapila, Magnus Hagander, Andres Freund
2015-01-23 15:02:45 -03:00
Robert Haas
5cefbf5a6c Don't use abbreviated keys for the final merge pass.
When we write tuples out to disk and read them back in, the abbreviated
keys become non-abbreviated, because the readtup routines don't know
anything about abbreviation.  But without this fix, the rest of the
code still thinks the abbreviation-aware compartor should be used,
so chaos ensues.

Report by Andrew Gierth; patch by Peter Geoghegan.
2015-01-23 11:58:31 -05:00
Robert Haas
6a3c6ba0ba Add an explicit cast to Size to hyperloglog.c
MSVC generates a warning here; we hope this will make it happy.

Report by Michael Paquier.  Patch by David Rowley.
2015-01-23 11:44:51 -05:00
Tom Lane
eb213acfe2 Prevent duplicate escape-string warnings when using pg_stat_statements.
contrib/pg_stat_statements will sometimes run the core lexer a second time
on submitted statements.  Formerly, if you had standard_conforming_strings
turned off, this led to sometimes getting two copies of any warnings
enabled by escape_string_warning.  While this is probably no longer a big
deal in the field, it's a pain for regression testing.

To fix, change the lexer so it doesn't consult the escape_string_warning
GUC variable directly, but looks at a copy in the core_yy_extra_type state
struct.  Then, pg_stat_statements can change that copy to disable warnings
while it's redoing the lexing.

It seemed like a good idea to make this happen for all three of the GUCs
consulted by the lexer, not just escape_string_warning.  There's not an
immediate use-case for callers to adjust the other two AFAIK, but making
it possible is easy enough and seems like good future-proofing.

Arguably this is a bug fix, but there doesn't seem to be enough interest to
justify a back-patch.  We'd not be able to back-patch exactly as-is anyway,
for fear of breaking ABI compatibility of the struct.  (We could perhaps
back-patch the addition of only escape_string_warning by adding it at the
end of the struct, where there's currently alignment padding space.)
2015-01-22 18:11:00 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
f5f2c2de16 Fix whitespace 2015-01-22 16:57:16 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
972bf7d6f1 Tweak BRIN minmax operator class
In the union support proc, we were not checking the hasnulls flag of
value A early enough, so it could be skipped if the "allnulls" flag in
value B is set.  Also, a check on the allnulls flag of value "B" was
redundant, so remove it.

Also change inet_minmax_ops to not be the default opclass for type inet,
as a future inclusion operator class would be more useful and it's
pretty difficult to change default opclass for a datatype later on.
(There is no catversion bump for this catalog change; this shouldn't be
a problem.)

Extracted from a larger patch to add an "inclusion" operator class.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
2015-01-22 17:01:09 -03:00
Robert Haas
d060e07fa9 Repair brain fade in commit b181a91981.
The split between which things need to happen in the C-locale case and
which needed to happen in the locale-aware case was a few bricks short
of a load.  Try to fix that.
2015-01-22 12:51:20 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
59367fdf97 adjust ACL owners for REASSIGN and ALTER OWNER TO
When REASSIGN and ALTER OWNER TO are used, both the object owner and ACL
list should be changed from the old owner to the new owner. This patch
fixes types, foreign data wrappers, and foreign servers to change their
ACL list properly;  they already changed owners properly.

BACKWARD INCOMPATIBILITY?

Report by Alexey Bashtanov
2015-01-22 12:36:55 -05:00
Robert Haas
b181a91981 More fixes for abbreviated keys infrastructure.
First, when LC_COLLATE = C, bttext_abbrev_convert should use memcpy()
rather than strxfrm() to construct the abbreviated key, because the
authoritative comparator uses memcpy().  If we do anything else here,
we might get inconsistent answers, and the buildfarm says this risk
is not theoretical.  It should be faster this way, too.

Second, while I'm looking at bttext_abbrev_convert, convert a needless
use of goto into the loop it's trying to implement into an actual
loop.

Both of the above problems date to the original commit of abbreviated
keys, commit 4ea51cdfe8.

Third, fix a bogus assignment to tss->locale before tss is set up.
That's a new goof in commit b529b65d1b.
2015-01-22 11:58:58 -05:00
Robert Haas
b529b65d1b Heavily refactor btsortsupport_worker.
Prior to commit 4ea51cdfe8, this function
only had one job, which was to decide whether we could avoid trampolining
through the fmgr layer when performing sort comparisons.  As of that
commit, it has a second job, which is to decide whether we can use
abbreviated keys.  Unfortunately, those two tasks are somewhat intertwined
in the existing coding, which is likely why neither Peter Geoghegan nor
I noticed prior to commit that this calls pg_newlocale_from_collation() in
cases where it didn't previously.  The buildfarm noticed, though.

To fix, rewrite the logic so that the decision as to which comparator to
use is more cleanly separated from the decision about abbreviation.
2015-01-22 10:54:16 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
813ffc0ef9 reinit.h: Fix typo in identification comment
Author: Sawada Masahiko
2015-01-22 12:26:51 -03:00
Robert Haas
1be4eb1b2d Disable abbreviated keys on Windows.
Most of the Windows buildfarm members (bowerbird, hamerkop, currawong,
jacana, brolga) are unhappy with yesterday's abbreviated keys patch,
although there are some (narwhal, frogmouth) that seem OK with it.
Since there's no obvious pattern to explain why some are working and
others are failing, just disable this across-the-board on Windows for
now.  This is a bit unfortunate since the optimization will be a big
win in some cases, but we can't leave the buildfarm broken.
2015-01-20 20:32:21 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
f259e71dbe tools/ccsym: update for modern versions of gcc
This dumps the predefined preprocessor macros
2015-01-20 13:02:58 -05:00
Robert Haas
f32a1fa462 Add strxfrm_l to list of functions where Windows adds an underscore.
Per buildfarm failure on bowerbird after last night's commit
4ea51cdfe8.

Peter Geoghegan
2015-01-20 10:52:01 -05:00
Tom Lane
aa719391d5 In pg_regress, remove the temporary installation upon successful exit.
This results in a very substantial reduction in disk space usage during
"make check-world", since that sequence involves creation of numerous
temporary installations.  It should also help a bit in the buildfarm, even
though the buildfarm script doesn't create as many temp installations,
because the current script misses deleting some of them; and anyway it
seems better to do this once in one place rather than expecting that
script to get it right every time.

In 9.4 and HEAD, also undo the unwise choice in commit b1aebbb6a8
to report strerror(errno) after a rmtree() failure.  rmtree has already
reported that, possibly for multiple failures with distinct errnos; and
what's more, by the time it returns there is no good reason to assume
that errno still reflects the last reportable error.  So reporting errno
here is at best redundant and at worst badly misleading.

Back-patch to all supported branches, so that future revisions of the
buildfarm script can rely on this behavior.
2015-01-19 23:44:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
75b48e1fff Adjust "pgstat wait timeout" message to be a translatable LOG message.
Per discussion, change the log level of this message to be LOG not WARNING.
The main point of this change is to avoid causing buildfarm run failures
when the stats collector is exceptionally slow to respond, which it not
infrequently is on some of the smaller/slower buildfarm members.

This change does lose notice to an interactive user when his stats query
is looking at out-of-date stats, but the majority opinion (not necessarily
that of yours truly) is that WARNING messages would probably not get
noticed anyway on heavily loaded production systems.  A LOG message at
least ensures that the problem is recorded somewhere where bulk auditing
for the issue is possible.

Also, instead of an untranslated "pgstat wait timeout" message, provide
a translatable and hopefully more understandable message "using stale
statistics instead of current ones because stats collector is not
responding".  The original text was written hastily under the assumption
that it would never really happen in practice, which we now know to be
unduly optimistic.

Back-patch to all active branches, since we've seen the buildfarm issue
in all branches.
2015-01-19 23:01:33 -05:00
Andres Freund
2d115e47c8 Fix various shortcomings of the new PrivateRefCount infrastructure.
As noted by Tom Lane the improvements in 4b4b680c3d had the problem
that in some situations we searched, entered and modified entries in
the private refcount hash while holding a spinlock. I had tried to
keep the logic entirely local to PinBuffer_Locked(), but that's not
really possible given it's called with a spinlock held...

Besides being disadvantageous from a performance point of view, this
also has problems with error handling safety. If we failed inserting
an entry into the hashtable due to an out of memory error, we'd error
out with a held spinlock. Not good.

Change the way private refcounts are manipulated: Before a buffer can
be tracked an entry has to be reserved using
ReservePrivateRefCountEntry(); then, if a entry is not found using
GetPrivateRefCountEntry(), it can be entered with
NewPrivateRefCountEntry().

Also take advantage of the fact that PinBuffer_Locked() currently is
never called for buffers that already have been pinned by the current
backend and don't search the private refcount entries for preexisting
local pins. That results in a small, but measurable, performance
improvement.

Additionally make ReleaseBuffer() always call UnpinBuffer() for shared
buffers. That avoids duplicating work in an eventual UnpinBuffer()
call that already has been done in ReleaseBuffer() and also saves some
code.

Per discussion with Tom Lane.

Discussion: 15028.1418772313@sss.pgh.pa.us
2015-01-19 23:59:41 +01:00
Robert Haas
4ea51cdfe8 Use abbreviated keys for faster sorting of text datums.
This commit extends the SortSupport infrastructure to allow operator
classes the option to provide abbreviated representations of Datums;
in the case of text, we abbreviate by taking the first few characters
of the strxfrm() blob.  If the abbreviated comparison is insufficent
to resolve the comparison, we fall back on the normal comparator.
This can be much faster than the old way of doing sorting if the
first few bytes of the string are usually sufficient to resolve the
comparison.

There is the potential for a performance regression if all of the
strings to be sorted are identical for the first 8+ characters and
differ only in later positions; therefore, the SortSupport machinery
now provides an infrastructure to abort the use of abbreviation if
it appears that abbreviation is producing comparatively few distinct
keys.  HyperLogLog, a streaming cardinality estimator, is included in
this commit and used to make that determination for text.

Peter Geoghegan, reviewed by me.
2015-01-19 15:28:27 -05:00
Robert Haas
1605291b6c Typo fix.
Etsuro Fujita
2015-01-19 11:36:48 -05:00
Robert Haas
9d54b93239 BRIN typo fix.
Amit Langote
2015-01-19 08:34:29 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
cb4a3b0410 Install shared libraries also in bin on cygwin, mingw
This was previously only done for libpq, not it's done for all shared
libraries.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2015-01-18 22:36:40 -05:00
Tom Lane
75df6dc083 Fix ancient thinko in default table rowcount estimation.
The code used sizeof(ItemPointerData) where sizeof(ItemIdData) is correct,
since we're trying to account for a tuple's line pointer.  Spotted by
Tomonari Katsumata (bug #12584).

Although this mistake is of very long standing, no back-patch, since it's
a relatively harmless error and changing it would risk changing default
planner behavior in stable branches.  (I don't see any change in regression
test outputs here, but the buildfarm may think differently.)
2015-01-18 17:04:11 -05:00
Noah Misch
4c34dcf97f Activate low-volume optional logging during regression test runs.
Elaborated from an idea by Andres Freund.
2015-01-18 14:08:09 -05:00
Andres Freund
525b84c576 Fix use of already freed memory when dumping a database's security label.
pg_dump.c:dumDatabase() called ArchiveEntry() with the results of a a
query that was PQclear()ed a couple lines earlier.

Backpatch to 9.2 where security labels for shared objects where
introduced.
2015-01-18 16:04:10 +01:00
Andres Freund
ff44fba46c Replace walsender's latch with the general shared latch.
Relying on the normal shared latch simplifies interrupt/signal
handling because we can rely on all signal handlers setting the proc
latch. That in turn allows us to avoid the use of
ImmediateInterruptOK, which arguably isn't correct because
WaitLatchOrSocket isn't declared to be immediately interruptible.

Also change sections that wait on the walsender's latch to notice
interrupts quicker/more reliably and make them more consistent with
each other.

This is part of a larger "get rid of ImmediateInterruptOK" series.

Discussion: 20150115020335.GZ5245@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-01-17 13:00:42 +01:00
Tom Lane
20af53d719 Show sort ordering options in EXPLAIN output.
Up to now, EXPLAIN has contented itself with printing the sort expressions
in a Sort or Merge Append plan node.  This patch improves that by
annotating the sort keys with COLLATE, DESC, USING, and/or NULLS FIRST/LAST
whenever nondefault sort ordering options are used.  The output is now a
reasonably close approximation of an ORDER BY clause equivalent to the
plan's ordering.

Marius Timmer, Lukas Kreft, and Arne Scheffer; reviewed by Mike Blackwell.
Some additional hacking by me.
2015-01-16 18:19:00 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9402869160 Advance backend's advertised xmin more aggressively.
Currently, a backend will reset it's PGXACT->xmin value when it doesn't
have any registered snapshots left. That covered the common case that a
transaction in read committed mode runs several queries, one after each
other, as there would be no snapshots active between those queries.
However, if you hold cursors across each of the query, we didn't get a
chance to reset xmin.

To make that better, keep all the registered snapshots in a pairing heap,
ordered by xmin so that it's always quick to find the snapshot with the
smallest xmin. That allows us to advance PGXACT->xmin whenever the oldest
snapshot is deregistered, even if there are others still active.

Per discussion originally started by Jeff Davis back in 2009 and more
recently by Robert Haas.
2015-01-17 01:15:23 +02:00
Tom Lane
779fdcdeee Improve new caching logic in tbm_add_tuples().
For no significant extra complexity, we can cache knowledge that the
target page is lossy, and save a hash_search per iteration in that
case as well.  This probably makes little difference, since the extra
rechecks that must occur when pages are lossy are way more expensive
than anything we can save here ... but we might as well do it if we're
going to cache anything.
2015-01-16 13:28:30 -05:00
Andres Freund
f5ae3ba482 Make tbm_add_tuples more efficient by caching the last acccessed page.
When adding a large number of tuples to a TID bitmap using
tbm_add_tuples() sometimes a lot of time was spent looking up a page's
entry in the bitmap's internal hashtable.

Improve efficiency by caching the last accessed page, while iterating
over the passed in tuples, hoping consecutive tuples will often be on
the same page.  In many cases that's a good bet, and in the rest the
added overhead isn't big.

Discussion: 54479A85.8060309@sigaev.ru

Author: Teodor Sigaev
Reviewed-By: David Rowley
2015-01-16 17:47:59 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
aa1d2fc5e9 Another attempt at fixing Windows Norwegian locale.
Previous fix mapped "Norwegian (Bokmål)" locale, which contains a non-ASCII
character, to the pure ASCII alias "norwegian-bokmal". However, it turns
out that more recent versions of the CRT library, in particular MSVCR110
(Visual Studio 2012), changed the behaviour of setlocale() so that if
you pass "norwegian-bokmal" to setlocale, it returns "Norwegian_Norway".

That meant trouble, when setlocale(..., NULL) first returned
"Norwegian (Bokmål)_Norway", which we mapped to "norwegian-bokmal_Norway",
but another call to setlocale(..., "norwegian-bokmal_Norway") returned
"Norwegian_Norway". That caused PostgreSQL to think that they are different
locales, and therefore not compatible. That caused initdb to fail at
CREATE DATABASE.

Older CRT versions seem to accept "Norwegian_Norway" too, so change the
mapping to return "Norwegian_Norway" instead of "norwegian-bokmal".

Backpatch to 9.2 like the previous attempt. We haven't made a release that
includes the previous fix yet, so we don't need to worry about changing the
locale of existing clusters from "norwegian-bokmal" to "Norwegian_Norway".
(Doing any mapping like this at all requires changing the locale of
existing databases; the release notes need to include instructions for
that).
2015-01-16 13:28:19 +02:00
Noah Misch
28df6a0df0 Update "pg_regress --no-locale" for Darwin and Windows.
Commit 894459e59f revealed this option to
be broken for NLS builds on Darwin, but "make -C contrib/unaccent check"
and the buildfarm client rely on it.  Fix that configuration by
redefining the option to imply LANG=C on Darwin.  In passing, use LANG=C
instead of LANG=en on Windows; since only postmaster startup uses that
value, testers are unlikely to notice the change.  Back-patch to 9.0,
like the predecessor commit.
2015-01-16 01:27:31 -05:00
Tom Lane
c480cb9d24 Fix use-of-already-freed-memory problem in EvalPlanQual processing.
Up to now, the "child" executor state trees generated for EvalPlanQual
rechecks have simply shared the ResultRelInfo arrays used for the original
execution tree.  However, this leads to dangling-pointer problems, because
ExecInitModifyTable() is all too willing to scribble on some fields of the
ResultRelInfo(s) even when it's being run in one of those child trees.
This trashes those fields from the perspective of the parent tree, because
even if the generated subtree is logically identical to what was in use in
the parent, it's in a memory context that will go away when we're done
with the child state tree.

We do however want to share information in the direction from the parent
down to the children; in particular, fields such as es_instrument *must*
be shared or we'll lose the stats arising from execution of the children.
So the simplest fix is to make a copy of the parent's ResultRelInfo array,
but not copy any fields back at end of child execution.

Per report from Manuel Kniep.  The added isolation test is based on his
example.  In an unpatched memory-clobber-enabled build it will reliably
fail with "ctid is NULL" errors in all branches back to 9.1, as a
consequence of junkfilter->jf_junkAttNo being overwritten with $7f7f.
This test cannot be run as-is before that for lack of WITH syntax; but
I have no doubt that some variant of this problem can arise in older
branches, so apply the code change all the way back.
2015-01-15 18:52:58 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
49b04188f8 Fix thinko in re-setting wal_log_hints flag from a parameter-change record.
The flag is supposed to be copied from the record. Same issue with
track_commit_timestamps, but that's master-only.

Report and fix by Petr Jalinek. Backpatch to 9.4, where wal_log_hints was
added.
2015-01-15 20:52:41 +02:00
Tom Lane
8e166e164c Rearrange explain.c's API so callers need not embed sizeof(ExplainState).
The folly of the previous arrangement was just demonstrated: there's no
convenient way to add fields to ExplainState without breaking ABI, even
if callers have no need to touch those fields.  Since we might well need
to do that again someday in back branches, let's change things so that
only explain.c has to have sizeof(ExplainState) compiled into it.  This
costs one extra palloc() per EXPLAIN operation, which is surely pretty
negligible.
2015-01-15 13:39:33 -05:00
Tom Lane
a5cd70dcbc Improve performance of EXPLAIN with large range tables.
As of 9.3, ruleutils.c goes to some lengths to ensure that table and column
aliases used in its output are unique.  Of course this takes more time than
was required before, which in itself isn't fatal.  However, EXPLAIN was set
up so that recalculation of the unique aliases was repeated for each
subexpression printed in a plan.  That results in O(N^2) time and memory
consumption for large plan trees, which did not happen in older branches.

Fortunately, the expensive work is the same across a whole plan tree,
so there is no need to repeat it; we can do most of the initialization
just once per query and re-use it for each subexpression.  This buys
back most (not all) of the performance loss since 9.2.

We need an extra ExplainState field to hold the precalculated deparse
context.  That's no problem in HEAD, but in the back branches, expanding
sizeof(ExplainState) seems risky because third-party extensions might
have local variables of that struct type.  So, in 9.4 and 9.3, introduce
an auxiliary struct to keep sizeof(ExplainState) the same.  We should
refactor the APIs to avoid such local variables in future, but that's
material for a separate HEAD-only commit.

Per gripe from Alexey Bashtanov.  Back-patch to 9.3 where the issue
was introduced.
2015-01-15 13:18:12 -05:00
Andres Freund
6cfd5086e1 Blindly try to fix a warning in s_lock.h when compiling with gcc on HPPA.
The possibly, depending on compiler settings, generated warning was
"warning: `S_UNLOCK' redefined".

The hppa spinlock implementation doesn't follow the rules of s_lock.h
and provides a gcc specific implementation outside of the the part of
the file that's supposed to do that.  It does so to avoid duplication
between the HP compiler and gcc. That unfortunately means that
S_UNLOCK is already defined when the HPPA specific section is reached.

Undefine the generic fallback S_UNLOCK definition inside the HPPA
section. That's far from pretty, but has the big advantage of being
simple. If somebody is interested to fix this in a prettier way...

This presumably got broken in the course of 0709b7ee72.

Discussion: 20150114225919.GY5245@awork2.anarazel.de

Per complaint from Tom Lane.
2015-01-15 13:26:25 +01:00
Andres Freund
59f71a0d0b Add a default local latch for use in signal handlers.
To do so, move InitializeLatchSupport() into the new common process
initialization functions, and add a new global variable MyLatch.

MyLatch is usable as soon InitPostmasterChild() has been called
(i.e. very early during startup). Initially it points to a process
local latch that exists in all processes. InitProcess/InitAuxiliaryProcess
then replaces that local latch with PGPROC->procLatch. During shutdown
the reverse happens.

This is primarily advantageous for two reasons: For one it simplifies
dealing with the shared process latch, especially in signal handlers,
because instead of having to check for MyProc, MyLatch can be used
unconditionally. For another, a later patch that makes FEs/BE
communication use latches, now can rely on the existence of a latch,
even before having gone through InitProcess.

Discussion: 20140927191243.GD5423@alap3.anarazel.de
2015-01-14 18:45:22 +01:00
Tom Lane
fd3d894e4e Remove duplicate specification of -Ae for HP-UX C compiler.
Autoconf has known about automatically selecting -Ae when needed for
quite some time now, so remove the redundant addition in template/hpux.
Noted while setting up buildfarm member pademelon.
2015-01-13 22:52:11 -05:00
Andres Freund
0139dea8f1 Remove some dead IsUnderPostmaster code from bootstrap.c.
Since commit 626eb02198 has introduced the auxiliary process
infrastructure, bootstrap_signals() was never used when forked from
postmaster.

Remove the IsUnderPostmaster specific code, and add a appropriate
assertion.
2015-01-14 00:37:02 +01:00
Andres Freund
31c453165b Commonalize process startup code.
Move common code, that was duplicated in every postmaster child/every
standalone process, into two functions in miscinit.c.  Not only does
that already result in a fair amount of net code reduction but it also
makes it much easier to remove more duplication in the future. The
prime motivation wasn't code deduplication though, but easier addition
of new common code.
2015-01-14 00:33:14 +01:00
Andres Freund
2be82dcf17 Make logging_collector=on work with non-windows EXEC_BACKEND again.
Commit b94ce6e80 reordered postmaster's startup sequence so that the
tempfile directory is only cleaned up after all the necessary state
for pg_ctl is collected.  Unfortunately the chosen location is after
the syslogger has been started; which normally is fine, except for
!WIN32 EXEC_BACKEND builds, which pass information to children via
files in the temp directory.

Move the call to RemovePgTempFiles() to just before the syslogger has
started. That's the first child we fork.

Luckily EXEC_BACKEND is pretty much only used by endusers on windows,
which has a separate method to pass information to children. That
means the real world impact of this bug is very small.

Discussion: 20150113182344.GF12272@alap3.anarazel.de

Backpatch to 9.1, just as the previous commit was.
2015-01-14 00:14:53 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e922a13058 Spell the X072 feature correctly, was missing "with".
Also use lower-case for a few more features, to be consistent with the
others and with the SQL spec.
2015-01-13 16:08:55 +02:00
Andres Freund
14e8803f10 Add barriers to the latch code.
Since their introduction latches have required barriers in SetLatch
and ResetLatch - but when they were introduced there wasn't any
barrier abstraction. Instead latches were documented to rely on the
callsites to provide barrier semantics.

Now that the barrier support looks halfway complete, add the necessary
barriers to both latch implementations.

Also remove a now superflous lock acquisition from syncrep.c and a
superflous (and insufficient) barrier from freelist.c. There might be
other cases that can now be simplified, but those are the only ones
I've seen on a quick scan.

We might want to backpatch this at some later point, but right now the
barrier infrastructure in the backbranches isn't totally on par with
master.

Discussion: 20150112154026.GB2092@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-01-13 12:58:43 +01:00
Andres Freund
4bad60e3fd Allow latches to wait for socket writability without waiting for readability.
So far WaitLatchOrSocket() required to pass in WL_SOCKET_READABLE as
that solely was used to indicate error conditions, like EOF. Waiting
for WL_SOCKET_WRITEABLE would have meant to busy wait upon socket
errors.

Adjust the API to signal errors by returning the socket as readable,
writable or both, depending on WL_SOCKET_READABLE/WL_SOCKET_WRITEABLE
being specified.  It would arguably be nicer to return WL_SOCKET_ERROR
but that's not possible on platforms and would probably also result in
more complex callsites.

This previously had explicitly been forbidden in e42a21b9e6, as
there was no strong use case at that point. We now are looking into
making FE/BE communication use latches, so changing this makes sense.

There also are some portability concerns because there cases of older
platforms where select(2) is known to, in violation of POSIX, not
return a socket as writable after the peer has closed it.  So far the
platforms where that's the case provide a working poll(2). If we find
one where that's not the case, we'll need to add a workaround for that
platform.

Discussion: 20140927191243.GD5423@alap3.anarazel.de
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Noah Misch
2015-01-13 12:58:43 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3dfce37627 Fix typos in comment.
Plus some tiny wordsmithing of not-quite-typos.
2015-01-13 10:32:38 +02:00
Tom Lane
7391e2513f Fix some functions that were declared static then defined not-static.
Per testing with a compiler that whines about this.
2015-01-12 16:08:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
5b3ce2c911 Avoid unexpected slowdown in vacuum regression test.
I noticed the "vacuum" regression test taking really significantly longer
than it used to on a slow machine.  Investigation pointed the finger at
commit e415b469b3, which added creation of
an index using an extremely expensive index function.  That function was
evidently meant to be applied only twice ... but the test re-used an
existing test table, which up till a couple lines before that had had over
two thousand rows.  Depending on timing of the concurrent regression tests,
the intervening VACUUMs might have been unable to remove those
recently-dead rows, and then the index build would need to create index
entries for them too, leading to the wrap_do_analyze() function being
executed 2000+ times not twice.  Avoid this by using a different table
that is guaranteed to have only the intended two rows in it.

Back-patch to 9.0, like the commit that created the problem.
2015-01-12 15:13:53 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
d126e1e95f Tweak heapam's rmgr desc output slightly
Some spaces were missing, and putting the affected tuple offset first in
the lock cases instead of the locking data makes more sense.

No backpatch since this is cosmetic and surrounding code has changed.
2015-01-12 16:09:16 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
5c5ffee80f Fix get_object_address argument type for extension statement
Commit 3f88672a4 neglected to update the AlterExtensionContentsStmt
production in the grammar to use TypeName to represent types when
passing objects to get_object_address.

Reported as a pg_upgrade failure by Jeff Janes.
2015-01-12 15:32:48 -03:00
Tom Lane
1f9bf05e53 Use correct text domain for errcontext() appearing within ereport().
The mechanism added in commit dbdf9679d7
for associating the correct translation domain with errcontext strings
potentially fails in cases where errcontext() is used within an ereport()
macro.  Such usage was not originally envisioned for errcontext(), but we
do have a few places that do it.  In this situation, the intended comma
expression becomes just a couple of arguments to errfinish(), which the
compiler might choose to evaluate right-to-left.

Fortunately, in such cases the textdomain for the errcontext string must
be the same as for the surrounding ereport.  So we can fix this by letting
errstart initialize context_domain along with domain; then it will have
the correct value no matter which order the calls occur in.  (Note that
error stack callback functions are not invoked until errfinish, so normal
usage of errcontext won't affect what happens for errcontext calls within
the ereport macro.)

In passing, make sure that errcontext calls within the main backend set
context_domain to something non-NULL.  This isn't a live bug because
NULL would select the current textdomain() setting which should be the
right thing anyway --- but it seems better to handle this completely
consistently with the regular domain field.

Per report from Dmitry Voronin.  Backpatch to 9.3; before that, there
wasn't any attempt to ensure that errcontext strings were translated
in an appropriate domain.
2015-01-12 12:40:29 -05:00
Stephen Frost
1bf4a84d0f Skip dead backends in MinimumActiveBackends
Back in ed0b409, PGPROC was split and moved to static variables in
procarray.c, with procs in ProcArrayStruct replaced by an array of
integers representing process numbers (pgprocnos), with -1 indicating a
dead process which has yet to be removed.  Access to procArray is
generally done under ProcArrayLock and therefore most code does not have
to concern itself with -1 entries.

However, MinimumActiveBackends intentionally does not take
ProcArrayLock, which means it has to be extra careful when accessing
procArray.  Prior to ed0b409, this was handled by checking for a NULL
in the pointer array, but that check was no longer valid after the
split.  Coverity pointed out that the check could never happen and so
it was removed in 5592eba.  That didn't make anything worse, but it
didn't fix the issue either.

The correct fix is to check for pgprocno == -1 and skip over that entry
if it is encountered.

Back-patch to 9.2, since there can be attempts to access the arrays
prior to their start otherwise.  Note that the changes prior to 9.4 will
look a bit different due to the change in 5592eba.

Note that MinimumActiveBackends only returns a bool for heuristic
purposes and any pre-array accesses are strictly read-only and so there
is no security implication and the lack of fields complaints indicates
it's very unlikely to run into issues due to this.

Pointed out by Noah.
2015-01-12 11:31:57 -05:00
Tom Lane
44096f1c66 Fix portability breakage in pg_dump.
Commit 0eea8047bf introduced some overly
optimistic assumptions about what could be in a local struct variable's
initializer.  (This might in fact be valid code according to C99, but I've
got at least one pre-C99 compiler that falls over on those nonconstant
address expressions.)  There is no reason whatsoever for main()'s workspace
to not be static, so revert long_options[] to a static and make the
DumpOptions struct static as well.
2015-01-11 13:28:26 -05:00
Tom Lane
8883bae33b Remove configure test for nonstandard variants of getpwuid_r().
We had code that supposed that some platforms might offer a nonstandard
version of getpwuid_r() with only four arguments.  However, the 5-argument
definition has been standardized at least since the Single Unix Spec v2,
which is our normal reference for what's portable across all Unix-oid
platforms.  (What's more, this wasn't the only pre-standardization version
of getpwuid_r(); my old HPUX 10.20 box has still another signature.)
So let's just get rid of the now-useless configure step.
2015-01-11 12:52:37 -05:00
Tom Lane
080eabe2e8 Fix libpq's behavior when /etc/passwd isn't readable.
Some users run their applications in chroot environments that lack an
/etc/passwd file.  This means that the current UID's user name and home
directory are not obtainable.  libpq used to be all right with that,
so long as the database role name to use was specified explicitly.
But commit a4c8f14364 broke such cases by
causing any failure of pg_fe_getauthname() to be treated as a hard error.
In any case it did little to advance its nominal goal of causing errors
in pg_fe_getauthname() to be reported better.  So revert that and instead
put some real error-reporting code in place.  This requires changes to the
APIs of pg_fe_getauthname() and pqGetpwuid(), since the latter had
departed from the POSIX-specified API of getpwuid_r() in a way that made
it impossible to distinguish actual lookup errors from "no such user".

To allow such failures to be reported, while not failing if the caller
supplies a role name, add a second call of pg_fe_getauthname() in
connectOptions2().  This is a tad ugly, and could perhaps be avoided with
some refactoring of PQsetdbLogin(), but I'll leave that idea for later.
(Note that the complained-of misbehavior only occurs in PQsetdbLogin,
not when using the PQconnect functions, because in the latter we will
never bother to call pg_fe_getauthname() if the user gives a role name.)

In passing also clean up the Windows-side usage of GetUserName(): the
recommended buffer size is 257 bytes, the passed buffer length should
be the buffer size not buffer size less 1, and any error is reported
by GetLastError() not errno.

Per report from Christoph Berg.  Back-patch to 9.4 where the chroot
failure case was introduced.  The generally poor reporting of errors
here is of very long standing, of course, but given the lack of field
complaints about it we won't risk changing these APIs further back
(even though they're theoretically internal to libpq).
2015-01-11 12:35:44 -05:00
Andres Freund
de6429a8fd Provide a generic fallback for pg_compiler_barrier using an extern function.
If the compiler/arch combination does not provide compiler barriers,
provide a fallback. That fallback simply consists out of a function
call into a externally defined function.  That should guarantee
compiler barrierer semantics except for compilers that do inter
translation unit/global optimization - those better provide an actual
compiler barrier.

Hopefully this fixes Tom's report of linker failures due to
pg_compiler_barrier_impl not being provided.

I'm not backpatching this commit as it builds on the new atomics
infrastructure. If we decide an equivalent fix needs to be
backpatched, I'll do so in a separate commit.

Discussion: 27746.1420930690@sss.pgh.pa.us

Per report from Tom Lane.
2015-01-11 01:15:29 +01:00
Andres Freund
db4ec2ffce Fix alignment of pg_atomic_uint64 variables on some 32bit platforms.
I failed to recognize that pg_atomic_uint64 wasn't guaranteed to be 8
byte aligned on some 32bit platforms - which it has to be on some
platforms to guarantee the desired atomicity and which we assert.

As this is all compiler specific code anyway we can just rely on
compiler specific tricks to enforce alignment.

I've been unable to find concrete documentation about the version that
introduce the sunpro alignment support, so that might need additional
guards.

I've verified that this works with gcc x86 32bit, but I don't have
access to any other 32bit environment.

Discussion: op.xpsjdkil0sbe7t@vld-kuci

Per report from Vladimir Koković.
2015-01-11 01:06:37 +01:00
Stephen Frost
c4fda14845 Fix typo in execMain.c
Wee -> We.

Pointed out by Etsuro Fujita.
2015-01-09 11:07:35 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
045c68ad21 xlogreader.c: Fix report_invalid_record translatability flag
For some reason I overlooked in GETTEXT_TRIGGERS that the right argument
be read by gettext in 7fcbf6a405.  This
will drop the translation percentages for the backend all the way back
to 9.3 ...

Problem reported by Heikki.
2015-01-09 12:34:25 -03:00
Stephen Frost
c219cbfed3 Move rowsecurity event trigger test
The event trigger test for rowsecurity can cause problems for other
tests which are run in parallel with it.  Instead of running that test
in the rowsecurity set, move it to the event_trigger set, which runs
isolated from other tests.

Also reverts 7161b08, which moved rowsecurity into its own test group.
That's no longer necessary, now that the event trigger test is gone from
the rowsecurity set of tests.

Pointed out by Tom.
2015-01-08 14:14:14 -05:00
Andres Freund
f454144a34 Remove comment that was intended to have been removed before commit.
Noticed by Amit Kapila
2015-01-08 13:16:31 +01:00
Andres Freund
93be095007 Move comment about sun cc's __machine_rw_barrier being a full barrier.
I'd accidentally written the comment besides the read barrier, instead
of the full barrier, implementation.

Noticed by Oskari Saarenmaa
2015-01-08 13:08:05 +01:00
Andres Freund
17eaae9897 Fix logging of pages skipped due to pins during vacuum.
The new logging introduced in 35192f06 made the incorrect assumption
that scan_all vacuums would always wait for buffer pins; but they only
do so if the page actually needs to be frozen.

Fix that inaccuracy by removing the difference in log output based on
scan_all and just always remove the same message.  I chose to keep the
split log message from the original commit for now, it seems likely
that it'll be of use in the future.

Also merge the line about buffer pins in autovacuum's log output into
the existing "pages: ..." line. It seems odd to have a separate line
about pins, without the "topic: " prefix others have.

Also rename the new 'pinned_pages' variable to 'pinskipped_pages'
because it actually tracks the number of pages that could *not* be
pinned.

Discussion: 20150104005324.GC9626@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-01-08 12:57:09 +01:00
Noah Misch
2048e5b881 On Darwin, refuse postmaster startup when multithreaded.
The previous commit introduced its report at LOG level to avoid
surprises at minor release upgrade time.  Compel users deploying the
next major release to also deploy the reported workaround.
2015-01-07 22:46:59 -05:00
Noah Misch
894459e59f On Darwin, detect and report a multithreaded postmaster.
Darwin --enable-nls builds use a substitute setlocale() that may start a
thread.  Buildfarm member orangutan experienced BackendList corruption
on account of different postmaster threads executing signal handlers
simultaneously.  Furthermore, a multithreaded postmaster risks undefined
behavior from sigprocmask() and fork().  Emit LOG messages about the
problem and its workaround.  Back-patch to 9.0 (all supported versions).
2015-01-07 22:35:44 -05:00
Noah Misch
6fdba8ceb0 Always set the six locale category environment variables in main().
Typical server invocations already achieved that.  Invalid locale
settings in the initial postmaster environment interfered, as could
malloc() failure.  Setting "LC_MESSAGES=pt_BR.utf8 LC_ALL=invalid" in
the postmaster environment will now choose C-locale messages, not
Brazilian Portuguese messages.  Most localized programs, including all
PostgreSQL frontend executables, do likewise.  Users are unlikely to
observe changes involving locale categories other than LC_MESSAGES.
CheckMyDatabase() ensures that we successfully set LC_COLLATE and
LC_CTYPE; main() sets the remaining three categories to locale "C",
which almost cannot fail.  Back-patch to 9.0 (all supported versions).
2015-01-07 22:34:57 -05:00
Noah Misch
e415b469b3 Reject ANALYZE commands during VACUUM FULL or another ANALYZE.
vacuum()'s static variable handling makes it non-reentrant; an ensuing
null pointer deference crashed the backend.  Back-patch to 9.0 (all
supported versions).
2015-01-07 22:33:58 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1e78d81e88 Don't open a WAL segment for writing at end of recovery.
Since commit ba94518a, we used XLogFileOpen to open the next segment for
writing, but if the end-of-recovery happens exactly at a segment boundary,
the new segment might not exist yet. (Before ba94518a, XLogFileOpen was
correct, because we would open the previous segment if the switch happened
at the boundary.)

Instead of trying to create it if necessary, it's simpler to not bother
opening the segment at all. XLogWrite() will open or create it soon anyway,
after writing the checkpoint or end-of-recovery record.

Reported by Andres Freund.
2015-01-07 16:20:20 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
79af9a1d26 Fix namespace handling in xpath function
Previously, the xml value resulting from an xpath query would not have
namespace declarations if the namespace declarations were attached to
an ancestor element in the input xml value.  That means the output value
was not correct XML.  Fix that by running the result value through
xmlCopyNode(), which produces the correct namespace declarations.

Author: Ali Akbar <the.apaan@gmail.com>
2015-01-06 23:06:13 -05:00
Andres Freund
3fabed0705 Correctly handle relcache invalidation corner case during logical decoding.
When using a historic snapshot for logical decoding it can validly
happen that a relation that's in the relcache isn't visible to that
historic snapshot.  E.g. if a newly created relation is referenced in
the query that uses the SQL interface for logical decoding and a
sinval reset occurs.

The earlier commit that fixed the error handling for that corner case
already improves the situation as a ERROR is better than hitting an
assertion... But it's obviously not good enough.  So additionally
allow that case without an error if a historic snapshot is set up -
that won't allow an invalid entry to stay in the cache because it's a)
already marked invalid and will thus be rebuilt during the next access
b) the syscaches will be reset at the end of decoding.

There might be prettier solutions to handle this case, but all that we
could think of so far end up being much more complex than this quite
simple fix.

This fixes the assertion failures reported by the buildfarm (markhor,
tick, leech) after the introduction of new regression tests in
89fd41b390. The failure there weren't actually directly caused by
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS but the extraordinary long runtimes due to it
lead to sinval resets triggering the behaviour.

Discussion: 22459.1418656530@sss.pgh.pa.us

Backpatch to 9.4 where logical decoding was introduced.
2015-01-07 00:19:37 +01:00
Andres Freund
31912d01d8 Improve relcache invalidation handling of currently invisible relations.
The corner case where a relcache invalidation tried to rebuild the
entry for a referenced relation but couldn't find it in the catalog
wasn't correct.

The code tried to RelationCacheDelete/RelationDestroyRelation the
entry. That didn't work when assertions are enabled because the latter
contains an assertion ensuring the refcount is zero. It's also more
generally a bad idea, because by virtue of being referenced somebody
might actually look at the entry, which is possible if the error is
trapped and handled via a subtransaction abort.

Instead just error out, without deleting the entry. As the entry is
marked invalid, the worst that can happen is that the invalid (and at
some point unused) entry lingers in the relcache.

Discussion: 22459.1418656530@sss.pgh.pa.us

There should be no way to hit this case < 9.4 where logical decoding
introduced a bug that can hit this. But since the code for handling
the corner case is there it should do something halfway sane, so
backpatch all the the way back.  The logical decoding bug will be
handled in a separate commit.
2015-01-07 00:18:00 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
cb075178ec Document that Perl's Tie might add a trailing newline
Report by Stefan Kaltenbrunner
2015-01-06 15:52:15 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
91539c5698 Fix thinko in plpython error message 2015-01-06 15:16:29 -03:00
Bruce Momjian
29c18d919e Clarify which files need manual copyright updates 2015-01-06 12:53:15 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
338c10b7f9 Simplify post-copyright update instructions. 2015-01-06 11:45:17 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
4baaf863ec Update copyright for 2015
Backpatch certain files through 9.0
2015-01-06 11:43:47 -05:00
Tom Lane
adfc157dd9 Fix broken pg_dump code for dumping comments on event triggers.
This never worked, I think.  Per report from Marc Munro.

In passing, fix funny spacing in the COMMENT ON command as a result of
excess space in the "label" string.
2015-01-05 19:27:04 -05:00
Andres Freund
3c9e4cdbf2 Fix oversight in recent pg_basebackup fix causing pg_receivexlog failures.
A oversight in 2c0a485896 causes 'could not create archive status file
"...": No such file or directory' errors in pg_receivexlog if the
target directory doesn't happen to contain a archive_status
directory. That's due to a stupidly left over 'true' constant instead
of mark_done being passed down to ProcessXLogDataMsg().

The bug is only present in the master branch, and luckily wasn't
released.

Spotted by Fujii Masao.
2015-01-05 12:31:05 +01:00
Fujii Masao
9f1d7313aa Fix typo in comment.
Report by Amit Kapila
2015-01-05 16:35:26 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
d5e3d1e969 Fix thinko in lock mode enum
Commit 0e5680f473 contained a thinko
mixing LOCKMODE with LockTupleMode.  This caused misbehavior in the case
where a tuple is marked with a multixact with at most a FOR SHARE lock,
and another transaction tries to acquire a FOR NO KEY EXCLUSIVE lock;
this case should block but doesn't.

Include a new isolation tester spec file to explicitely try all the
tuple lock combinations; without the fix it shows the problem:

    starting permutation: s1_begin s1_lcksvpt s1_tuplock2 s2_tuplock3 s1_commit
    step s1_begin: BEGIN;
    step s1_lcksvpt: SELECT * FROM multixact_conflict FOR KEY SHARE; SAVEPOINT foo;
    a

    1
    step s1_tuplock2: SELECT * FROM multixact_conflict FOR SHARE;
    a

    1
    step s2_tuplock3: SELECT * FROM multixact_conflict FOR NO KEY UPDATE;
    a

    1
    step s1_commit: COMMIT;

With the fixed code, step s2_tuplock3 blocks until session 1 commits,
which is the correct behavior.

All other cases behave correctly.

Backpatch to 9.3, like the commit that introduced the problem.
2015-01-04 15:48:29 -03:00
Andres Freund
2ea95959af Add error handling for failing fstat() calls in copy.c.
These calls are pretty much guaranteed not to fail unless something
has gone horribly wrong, and even in that case we'd just error out a
short time later.  But since several code checkers complain about the
missing check it seems worthwile to fix it nonetheless.

Pointed out by Coverity.
2015-01-04 16:47:23 +01:00
Andres Freund
14570c2828 Remove superflous variable from xlogreader's XLogFindNextRecord().
Pointed out by Coverity.

Since this is mere, and debatable, cosmetics I'm not backpatching
this.
2015-01-04 15:35:46 +01:00
Andres Freund
0398ece4c5 Fix inconsequential fd leak in the new mark_file_as_archived() function.
As every error in mark_file_as_archived() will lead to a failure of
pg_basebackup the FD leak couldn't ever lead to a real problem.  It
seems better to fix the leak anyway though, rather than silence
Coverity, as the usage of the function might get extended or copied at
some point in the future.

Pointed out by Coverity.

Backpatch to 9.2, like the relevant part of the previous patch.
2015-01-04 14:36:21 +01:00
Andres Freund
2c0a485896 Prevent WAL files created by pg_basebackup -x/X from being archived again.
WAL (and timeline history) files created by pg_basebackup did not
maintain the new base backup's archive status. That's currently not a
problem if the new node is used as a standby - but if that node is
promoted all still existing files can get archived again.  With a high
wal_keep_segment settings that can happen a significant time later -
which is quite confusing.

Change both the backend (for the -x/-X fetch case) and pg_basebackup
(for -X stream) itself to always mark WAL/timeline files included in
the base backup as .done. That's in line with walreceiver.c doing so.

The verbosity of the pg_basebackup changes show pretty clearly that it
needs some refactoring, but that'd result in not be backpatchable
changes.

Backpatch to 9.1 where pg_basebackup was introduced.

Discussion: 20141205002854.GE21964@awork2.anarazel.de
2015-01-03 20:54:12 +01:00
Andres Freund
ccb161b66a Add pg_string_endswith as the start of a string helper library in src/common.
Backpatch to 9.3 where src/common was introduce, because a bugfix that
needs to be backpatched, requires the function. Earlier branches will
have to duplicate the code.
2015-01-03 20:54:12 +01:00
Tom Lane
d6657d2a10 Treat negative values of recovery_min_apply_delay as having no effect.
At one point in the development of this feature, it was claimed that
allowing negative values would be useful to compensate for timezone
differences between master and slave servers.  That was based on a mistaken
assumption that commit timestamps are recorded in local time; but of course
they're in UTC.  Nor is a negative apply delay likely to be a sane way of
coping with server clock skew.  However, the committed patch still treated
negative delays as doing something, and the timezone misapprehension
survived in the user documentation as well.

If recovery_min_apply_delay were a proper GUC we'd just set the minimum
allowed value to be zero; but for the moment it seems better to treat
negative settings as if they were zero.

In passing do some extra wordsmithing on the parameter's documentation,
including correcting a second misstatement that the parameter affects
processing of Restore Point records.

Issue noted by Michael Paquier, who also provided the code patch; doc
changes by me.  Back-patch to 9.4 where the feature was introduced.
2015-01-03 13:14:03 -05:00
Tom Lane
7161b082bd Don't run rowsecurity in parallel with other regression tests.
The short-lived event trigger in the rowsecurity test causes irreproducible
failures when the concurrent tests do something that the event trigger
can't cope with.  Per buildfarm.
2014-12-31 17:04:27 -05:00
Tom Lane
a486841eb1 Print more information about getObjectIdentityParts() failures.
This might help us debug what's happening on some buildfarm members.

In passing, reduce the message from ereport to elog --- it doesn't seem
like this should be a user-facing case, so not worth translating.
2014-12-31 14:44:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
28551797a4 Improve consistency of parsing of psql's magic variables.
For simple boolean variables such as ON_ERROR_STOP, psql has for a long
time recognized variant spellings of "on" and "off" (such as "1"/"0"),
and it also made a point of warning you if you'd misspelled the setting.
But these conveniences did not exist for other keyword-valued variables.
In particular, though ECHO_HIDDEN and ON_ERROR_ROLLBACK include "on" and
"off" as possible values, none of the alternative spellings for those were
recognized; and to make matters worse the code would just silently assume
"on" was meant for any unrecognized spelling.  Several people have reported
getting bitten by this, so let's fix it.  In detail, this patch:

* Allows all spellings recognized by ParseVariableBool() for ECHO_HIDDEN
and ON_ERROR_ROLLBACK.

* Reports a warning for unrecognized values for COMP_KEYWORD_CASE, ECHO,
ECHO_HIDDEN, HISTCONTROL, ON_ERROR_ROLLBACK, and VERBOSITY.

* Recognizes all values for all these variables case-insensitively;
previously there was a mishmash of case-sensitive and case-insensitive
behaviors.

Back-patch to all supported branches.  There is a small risk of breaking
existing scripts that were accidentally failing to malfunction; but the
consensus is that the chance of detecting real problems and preventing
future mistakes outweighs this.
2014-12-31 12:18:50 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
ba66c9d068 Add missing pstrdup calls
The one for the OCLASS_COLLATION case was noticed by
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS buildfarm members; the others I spotted by manual
code inspection.

Also remove a redundant check.
2014-12-31 13:19:40 -03:00
Robert Haas
c168c88577 Don't tab-complete COMMENT ON ... IS with IS.
Ian Barwick
2014-12-31 11:06:43 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
72dd233d3e pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: Add name/args output columns
These columns can be passed to pg_get_object_address() and used to
reconstruct the dropped objects identities in a remote server containing
similar objects, so that the drop can be replicated.

Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Andres
Freund.
2014-12-30 17:41:46 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
a676201490 Add pg_identify_object_as_address
This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can
be passed to pg_get_object_address.  This is especially useful because
the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to
obtain the corresponding OID-based address.  In essence, this function
is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address().

Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function.

Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 15:41:50 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
5b447ad3a9 Fix object_address expected output
Per pink buildfarm
2014-12-30 15:04:21 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
3f88672a4e Use TypeName to represent type names in certain commands
In COMMENT, DROP, SECURITY LABEL, and the new pg_get_object_address
function, we were representing types as a list of names, same as other
objects; but types are special objects that require their own
representation to be totally accurate.  In the original COMMENT code we
had a note about fixing it which was lost in the course of c10575ff00.
Change all those places to use TypeName instead, as suggested by that
comment.

Right now the original coding doesn't cause any bugs, so no backpatch.
It is more problematic for proposed future code that operate with object
addresses from the SQL interface; type details such as array-ness are
lost when working with the degraded representation.

Thanks to Petr Jelínek and Dimitri Fontaine for offlist help on finding
a solution to a shift/reduce grammar conflict.
2014-12-30 13:57:23 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
930fd68455 Revert the GinMaxItemSize calculation so that we fit 3 tuples per page.
Commit 36a35c55 changed the divisor from 3 to 6, for no apparent reason.
Reducing GinMaxItemSize like that created a dump/reload hazard: loading a
9.3 database to 9.4 might fail with "index row size XXX exceeds maximum 1352
for index ..." error. Revert the change.

While we're at it, make the calculation slightly more accurate. It used to
divide the available space on page by three, then subtract
sizeof(ItemIdData), and finally round down. That's not totally accurate; the
item pointers for the three items are packed tight right after the page
header, but there is alignment padding after the item pointers. Change the
calculation to reflect that, like BTMaxItemSize does. I tested this with
different block sizes on systems with 4- and 8-byte alignment, and the value
after the final MAXALIGN_DOWN was the same with both methods on all
configurations. So this does not make any difference currently, but let's be
tidy.

Also add a comment explaining what the macro does.

This fixes bug #12292 reported by Robert Thaler. Backpatch to 9.4, where the
bug was introduced.
2014-12-30 14:53:11 +02:00
Tom Lane
9a11df1449 Remove duplicate assignment in new pg_get_object_address() function.
Noted by Coverity.
2014-12-28 12:03:32 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
6630420fc9 Restrict name list len for domain constraints
This avoids an ugly-looking "cache lookup failure" message.

Ugliness pointed out by Andres Freund.
2014-12-26 14:31:37 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
289121a452 Remove event trigger from object_address test
It is causing trouble when run in parallel mode, because dropping the
function other sessions are running concurrently causes them to fail due
to inability to find the function.

Per buildfarm, as noted by Tom Lane.
2014-12-26 14:18:09 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
0e5680f473 Grab heavyweight tuple lock only before sleeping
We were trying to acquire the lock even when we were subsequently
not sleeping in some other transaction, which opens us up unnecessarily
to deadlocks.  In particular, this is troublesome if an update tries to
lock an updated version of a tuple and finds itself doing EvalPlanQual
update chain walking; more than two sessions doing this concurrently
will find themselves sleeping on each other because the HW tuple lock
acquisition in heap_lock_tuple called from EvalPlanQualFetch races with
the same tuple lock being acquired in heap_update -- one of these
sessions sleeps on the other one to finish while holding the tuple lock,
and the other one sleeps on the tuple lock.

Per trouble report from Andrew Sackville-West in
http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140731233051.GN17765@andrew-ThinkPad-X230

His scenario can be simplified down to a relatively simple
isolationtester spec file which I don't include in this commit; the
reason is that the current isolationtester is not able to deal with more
than one blocked session concurrently and it blocks instead of raising
the expected deadlock.  In the future, if we improve isolationtester, it
would be good to include the spec file in the isolation schedule.  I
posted it in
http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20141212205254.GC1768@alvh.no-ip.org

Hat tip to Mark Kirkwood, who helped diagnose the trouble.
2014-12-26 13:52:27 -03:00
Noah Misch
8d9cb0bc48 Have config_sspi_auth() permit IPv6 localhost connections.
Windows versions later than Windows Server 2003 map "localhost" to ::1.
Account for that in the generated pg_hba.conf, fixing another oversight
in commit f6dc6dd5ba.  Back-patch to 9.0,
like that commit.

David Rowley and Noah Misch
2014-12-25 13:52:03 -05:00
Andres Freund
740a4ec7f4 Blindly fix a dtrace probe in lwlock.c for a removed local variable.
Per buildfarm member locust.
2014-12-25 19:48:46 +01:00
Tom Lane
966115c305 Temporarily revert "Move pg_lzcompress.c to src/common."
This reverts commit 60838df922.
That change needs a bit more thought to be workable.  In view of
the potentially machine-dependent stuff that went in today,
we need all of the buildfarm to be testing those other changes.
2014-12-25 13:22:55 -05:00
Andres Freund
d72731a704 Lockless StrategyGetBuffer clock sweep hot path.
StrategyGetBuffer() has proven to be a bottleneck in a number of
buffer acquisition heavy workloads. To some degree this has already
been alleviated by 5d7962c6, but it still can be quite a heavy
bottleneck.  The problem is that in unfortunate usage patterns a
single StrategyGetBuffer() call will have to look at a large number of
buffers - in turn making it likely that the process will be put to
sleep while still holding the spinlock.

Replace most of the usage of the buffer_strategy_lock spinlock for the
clock sweep by a atomic nextVictimBuffer variable. That variable,
modulo NBuffers, is the current hand of the clock sweep. The buffer
clock-sweep then only needs to acquire the spinlock after a
wraparound. And even then only in the process that did the wrapping
around. That alleviates nearly all the contention on the relevant
spinlock, although significant contention on the cacheline can still
exist.

Reviewed-By: Robert Haas and Amit Kapila

Discussion: 20141010160020.GG6670@alap3.anarazel.de,
    20141027133218.GA2639@awork2.anarazel.de
2014-12-25 18:26:25 +01:00
Andres Freund
ab5194e6f6 Improve LWLock scalability.
The old LWLock implementation had the problem that concurrent lock
acquisitions required exclusively acquiring a spinlock. Often that
could lead to acquirers waiting behind the spinlock, even if the
actual LWLock was free.

The new implementation doesn't acquire the spinlock when acquiring the
lock itself. Instead the new atomic operations are used to atomically
manipulate the state. Only the waitqueue, used solely in the slow
path, is still protected by the spinlock. Check lwlock.c's header for
an explanation about the used algorithm.

For some common workloads on larger machines this can yield
significant performance improvements. Particularly in read mostly
workloads.

Reviewed-By: Amit Kapila and Robert Haas
Author: Andres Freund

Discussion: 20130926225545.GB26663@awork2.anarazel.de
2014-12-25 17:24:30 +01:00
Andres Freund
7882c3b0b9 Convert the PGPROC->lwWaitLink list into a dlist instead of open coding it.
Besides being shorter and much easier to read it changes the logic in
LWLockRelease() to release all shared lockers when waking up any. This
can yield some significant performance improvements - and the fairness
isn't really much worse than before, as we always allowed new shared
lockers to jump the queue.
2014-12-25 17:24:30 +01:00
Andres Freund
570bd2b3fd Add capability to suppress CONTEXT: messages to elog machinery.
Hiding context messages usually is not a good idea - except for rather
verbose debugging/development utensils like LOG_DEBUG. There the
amount of repeated context messages just bloat the log without adding
information.
2014-12-25 17:24:30 +01:00
Fujii Masao
4a5593197b Remove duplicate include of slot.h.
Back-patch to 9.4, where this problem was added.
2014-12-25 22:47:53 +09:00
Fujii Masao
60838df922 Move pg_lzcompress.c to src/common.
Exposing compression and decompression APIs of pglz makes possible its
use by extensions and contrib modules. pglz_decompress contained a call
to elog to emit an error message in case of corrupted data. This function
is changed to return a status code to let its callers return an error instead.

This commit is required for upcoming WAL compression feature so that
the WAL reader facility can decompress the WAL data by using pglz_decompress.

Michael Paquier
2014-12-25 20:46:14 +09:00
Tom Lane
5b89473d87 Add CST (China Standard Time) to our lists of timezone abbreviations.
For some reason this seems to have been missed when the lists in
src/timezone/tznames/ were first constructed.  We can't put it in Default
because of the conflict with US CST, but we should certainly list it among
the alternative entries in Asia.txt.  (I checked for other oversights, but
all the other abbreviations that are in current use according to the IANA
files seem to be accounted for.)  Noted while responding to bug #12326.
2014-12-24 16:35:23 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
3f37b6c316 Fix installcheck case for tap tests 2014-12-24 10:31:36 -05:00
Fujii Masao
3b6ca123b5 Remove unused fields from ReindexStmt.
fe263d1 changed the REINDEX logic so that those fields are not used at all,
but forgot to remove them.

Sawada Masahiko
2014-12-24 21:40:47 +09:00
Andres Freund
cd5ebe1edd Suppress MSVC warning in typeStringToTypeName function.
MSVC doesn't realize ereport(ERROR) doesn't return.

David Rowley
2014-12-24 12:30:08 +01:00
Tom Lane
3e22753559 Remove failing collation case from object_address regression test.
Per buildfarm, this test case does not yield consistent results.
I don't think it's useful enough to figure out a workaround, either.
2014-12-23 16:55:51 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
a609d96778 Revert "Use a bitmask to represent role attributes"
This reverts commit 1826987a46.

The overall design was deemed unacceptable, in discussion following the
previous commit message; we might find some parts of it still
salvageable, but I don't want to be on the hook for fixing it, so let's
wait until we have a new patch.
2014-12-23 15:35:49 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
d7ee82e50f Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address
This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to
obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted
by the parser.  This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let
replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers,
where the schema might be different than the server originating the
DROP.

This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address;
that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value.

Catalog version bumped due to the new function.

Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres
Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 15:31:29 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
1826987a46 Use a bitmask to represent role attributes
The previous representation using a boolean column for each attribute
would not scale as well as we want to add further attributes.

Extra auxilliary functions are added to go along with this change, to
make up for the lost convenience of access of the old representation.

Catalog version bumped due to change in catalogs and the new functions.

Author: Adam Brightwell, minor tweaks by Álvaro
Reviewed by: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera
2014-12-23 10:22:09 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
7eca575d1c get_object_address: separate domain constraints from table constraints
Apart from enabling comments on domain constraints, this enables a
future project to replicate object dropping to remote servers: with the
current mechanism there's no way to distinguish between the two types of
constraints, so there's no way to know what to drop.

Also added support for the domain constraint comments in psql's \dd and
pg_dump.

Catalog version bumped due to the change in ObjectType enum.
2014-12-23 09:06:44 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
584e35d17c Change local_preload_libraries to PGC_USERSET
This allows it to be used with ALTER ROLE SET.

Although the old setting of PGC_BACKEND prevented changes after session
start, after discussion it was more useful to allow ALTER ROLE SET
instead and just document that changes during a session have no effect.
This is similar to how session_preload_libraries works already.

An alternative would be to change things to allow PGC_BACKEND and
PGC_SU_BACKEND settings to be changed by ALTER ROLE SET.  But that might
need further research (e.g., log_connections would probably not work).

based on patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi
2014-12-22 23:05:46 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
955557ddcc Move rbtree.c from src/backend/utils/misc to src/backend/lib.
We have other general-purpose data structures in src/backend/lib, so it
seems like a better home for the red-black tree as well.
2014-12-22 17:52:08 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e7032610f7 Use a pairing heap for the priority queue in kNN-GiST searches.
This performs slightly better, uses less memory, and needs slightly less
code in GiST, than the Red-Black tree previously used.

Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan
2014-12-22 12:05:57 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2ef6c66a2b Fix file descriptor leak at end of recovery.
XLogFileInit() returns a file descriptor, which needs to be closed. The leak
was short-lived, since the startup process exits shortly afterwards, but it
was clearly a bug, nevertheless.

Per Coverity report.
2014-12-21 21:51:59 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
0ee98d1cbf pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add behavior flags
Add "normal" and "original" flags as output columns to the
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects() function.  With this it's possible to
distinguish which objects, among those listed, need to be explicitely
referenced when trying to replicate a deletion.

This is necessary so that the list of objects can be pruned to the
minimum necessary to replicate the DROP command in a remote server that
might have slightly different schema (for instance, TOAST tables and
constraints with different names and such.)

Catalog version bumped due to change of function definition.

Reviewed by: Abhijit Menon-Sen, Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas,
Robert Haas.
2014-12-19 15:00:45 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5c805d0a81 Fix timestamp in end-of-recovery WAL records.
We used time(null) to set a TimestampTz field, which gave bogus results.
Noticed while looking at pg_xlogdump output.

Backpatch to 9.3 and above, where the fast promotion was introduced.
2014-12-19 17:04:20 +02:00
Andres Freund
37de8de9e3 Prevent potentially hazardous compiler/cpu reordering during lwlock release.
In LWLockRelease() (and in 9.4+ LWLockUpdateVar()) we release enqueued
waiters using PGSemaphoreUnlock(). As there are other sources of such
unlocks backends only wake up if MyProc->lwWaiting is set to false;
which is only done in the aforementioned functions.

Before this commit there were dangers because the store to lwWaitLink
could become visible before the store to lwWaitLink. This could both
happen due to compiler reordering (on most compilers) and on some
platforms due to the CPU reordering stores.

The possible consequence of this is that a backend stops waiting
before lwWaitLink is set to NULL. If that backend then tries to
acquire another lock and has to wait there the list could become
corrupted once the lwWaitLink store is finally performed.

Add a write memory barrier to prevent that issue.

Unfortunately the barrier support has been only added in 9.2. Given
that the issue has not knowingly been observed in praxis it seems
sufficient to prohibit compiler reordering using volatile for 9.0 and
9.1. Actual problems due to compiler reordering are more likely
anyway.

Discussion: 20140210134625.GA15246@awork2.anarazel.de
2014-12-19 14:29:52 +01:00
Andres Freund
9959abb012 Define Assert() et al to ((void)0) to avoid pedantic warnings.
gcc's -Wempty-body warns about the current usage when compiling
postgres without --enable-cassert.
2014-12-19 14:27:45 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
cd6e66572b Use %u to print out BlockNumber variables
Per Tom Lane
2014-12-18 17:59:00 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
35192f0626 Have VACUUM log number of skipped pages due to pins
Author: Jim Nasby, some kibitzing by Heikki Linnankangas.
Discussion leading to current behavior and precise wording fueled by
thoughts from Robert Haas and Andres Freund.
2014-12-18 17:18:33 -03:00
Tom Lane
4a14f13a0a Improve hash_create's API for selecting simple-binary-key hash functions.
Previously, if you wanted anything besides C-string hash keys, you had to
specify a custom hashing function to hash_create().  Nearly all such
callers were specifying tag_hash or oid_hash; which is tedious, and rather
error-prone, since a caller could easily miss the opportunity to optimize
by using hash_uint32 when appropriate.  Replace this with a design whereby
callers using simple binary-data keys just specify HASH_BLOBS and don't
need to mess with specific support functions.  hash_create() itself will
take care of optimizing when the key size is four bytes.

This nets out saving a few hundred bytes of code space, and offers
a measurable performance improvement in tidbitmap.c (which was not
exploiting the opportunity to use hash_uint32 for its 4-byte keys).
There might be some wins elsewhere too, I didn't analyze closely.

In future we could look into offering a similar optimized hashing function
for 8-byte keys.  Under this design that could be done in a centralized
and machine-independent fashion, whereas getting it right for keys of
platform-dependent sizes would've been notationally painful before.

For the moment, the old way still works fine, so as not to break source
code compatibility for loadable modules.  Eventually we might want to
remove tag_hash and friends from the exported API altogether, since there's
no real need for them to be explicitly referenced from outside dynahash.c.

Teodor Sigaev and Tom Lane
2014-12-18 13:36:36 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ba94518aad Change how first WAL segment on new timeline after promotion is created.
Two changes:

1. When copying a WAL segment from old timeline to create the first segment
on the new timeline, only copy up to the point where the timeline switch
happens, and zero-fill the rest. This avoids corner cases where we might
think that the copied WAL from the previous timeline belong to the new
timeline.

2. If the timeline switch happens at a segment boundary, don't copy the
whole old segment to the new timeline. It's pointless, because it's 100%
identical to the old segment.
2014-12-18 20:23:03 +02:00
Fujii Masao
38628db8d8 Add memory barriers for PgBackendStatus.st_changecount protocol.
st_changecount protocol needs the memory barriers to ensure that
the apparent order of execution is as it desires. Otherwise,
for example, the CPU might rearrange the code so that st_changecount
is incremented twice before the modification on a machine with
weak memory ordering. This surprising result can lead to bugs.

This commit introduces the macros to load and store st_changecount
with the memory barriers. These are called before and after
PgBackendStatus entries are modified or copied into private memory,
in order to prevent CPU from reordering PgBackendStatus access.

Per discussion on pgsql-hackers, we decided not to back-patch this
to 9.4 or before until we get an actual bug report about this.

Patch by me. Review by Robert Haas.
2014-12-18 23:07:51 +09:00
Fujii Masao
19e065c049 Ensure variables live across calls in generate_series(numeric, numeric).
In generate_series_step_numeric(), the variables "start_num"
and "stop_num" may be potentially freed until the next call.
So they should be put in the location which can survive across calls.
But previously they were not, and which could cause incorrect
behavior of generate_series(numeric, numeric). This commit fixes
this problem by copying them on multi_call_memory_ctx.

Andrew Gierth
2014-12-18 21:13:52 +09:00
Fujii Masao
ccf292cd2e Update .gitignore for config.cache.
Also add a comment about why regreesion.* aren't listed in .gitignore.

Jim Nasby
2014-12-18 19:56:42 +09:00
Andres Freund
72950dc1d0 Adjust valgrind suppression to the changes in 2c03216d83.
CRC computation is now done in XLogRecordAssemble.
2014-12-18 10:45:57 +01:00
Noah Misch
43b56171b1 Recognize Makefile line continuations in fetchRegressOpts().
Back-patch to 9.0 (all supported versions).  This is mere
future-proofing in the context of the master branch, but commit
f6dc6dd5ba requires it of older branches.
2014-12-18 03:55:17 -05:00
Fujii Masao
26674c923d Remove odd blank line in comment.
Etsuro Fujita
2014-12-18 17:33:38 +09:00
Andres Freund
c303e9e7e5 Fix (re-)starting from a basebackup taken off a standby after a failure.
When starting up from a basebackup taken off a standby extra logic has
to be applied to compute the point where the data directory is
consistent. Normal base backups use a WAL record for that purpose, but
that isn't possible on a standby.

That logic had a error check ensuring that the cluster's control file
indicates being in recovery. Unfortunately that check was too strict,
disregarding the fact that the control file could also indicate that
the cluster was shut down while in recovery.

That's possible when the a cluster starting from a basebackup is shut
down before the backup label has been removed. When everything goes
well that's a short window, but when either restore_command or
primary_conninfo isn't configured correctly the window can get much
wider. That's because inbetween reading and unlinking the label we
restore the last checkpoint from WAL which can need additional WAL.

To fix simply also allow starting when the control file indicates
"shutdown in recovery". There's nicer fixes imaginable, but they'd be
more invasive.

Backpatch to 9.2 where support for taking basebackups from standbys
was added.
2014-12-18 08:47:27 +01:00
Noah Misch
40c598fa15 Fix previous commit for TAP test suites in VPATH builds.
Per buildfarm member crake.  Back-patch to 9.4, where the TAP suites
were introduced.
2014-12-18 01:24:57 -05:00
Noah Misch
f6dc6dd5ba Lock down regression testing temporary clusters on Windows.
Use SSPI authentication to allow connections exclusively from the OS
user that launched the test suite.  This closes on Windows the
vulnerability that commit be76a6d39e
closed on other platforms.  Users of "make installcheck" or custom test
harnesses can run "pg_regress --config-auth=DATADIR" to activate the
same authentication configuration that "make check" would use.
Back-patch to 9.0 (all supported versions).

Security: CVE-2014-0067
2014-12-17 22:48:40 -05:00
Tom Lane
fc2ac1fb41 Allow CHECK constraints to be placed on foreign tables.
As with NOT NULL constraints, we consider that such constraints are merely
reports of constraints that are being enforced by the remote server (or
other underlying storage mechanism).  Their only real use is to allow
planner optimizations, for example in constraint-exclusion checks.  Thus,
the code changes here amount to little more than removal of the error that
was formerly thrown for applying CHECK to a foreign table.

(In passing, do a bit of cleanup of the ALTER FOREIGN TABLE reference page,
which had accumulated some weird decisions about ordering etc.)

Shigeru Hanada and Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi and
Ashutosh Bapat.
2014-12-17 17:00:53 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ce01548d4f Clarify the regexp used to detect source files in MSVC builds.
The old pattern would match files with strange extensions like *.ry or
*.lpp. Refactor it to only include files with known extensions, and to make
it more readable.

Per Andrew Dunstan's suggestion.
2014-12-17 21:55:26 +02:00
Tom Lane
c340494235 Fix another poorly worded error message.
Spotted by Álvaro Herrera.
2014-12-17 13:22:07 -05:00
Tom Lane
c977b8cffc Fix poorly worded error message.
Adam Brightwell, per report from Martín Marqués.
2014-12-17 13:14:53 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
6964ad95d7 Add missing documentation for some vcregress modes
Michael Paquier
2014-12-17 11:14:34 +01:00
Tom Lane
66709133c7 Fix off-by-one loop count in MapArrayTypeName, and get rid of static array.
MapArrayTypeName would copy up to NAMEDATALEN-1 bytes of the base type
name, which of course is wrong: after prepending '_' there is only room for
NAMEDATALEN-2 bytes.  Aside from being the wrong result, this case would
lead to overrunning the statically allocated work buffer.  This would be a
security bug if the function were ever used outside bootstrap mode, but it
isn't, at least not in any currently supported branches.

Aside from fixing the off-by-one loop logic, this patch gets rid of the
static work buffer by having MapArrayTypeName pstrdup its result; the sole
caller was already doing that, so this just requires moving the pstrdup
call.  This saves a few bytes but mainly it makes the API a lot cleaner.

Back-patch on the off chance that there is some third-party code using
MapArrayTypeName with less-secure input.  Pushing pstrdup into the function
should not cause any serious problems for such hypothetical code; at worst
there might be a short term memory leak.

Per Coverity scanning.
2014-12-16 15:35:33 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
c8315930e6 Fix some jsonb issues found by Coverity in recent commits.
Mostly these issues concern the non-use of function results. These
have been changed to use (void) pushJsonbValue(...) instead of assigning
the result to a variable that gets overwritten before it is used.

There is a larger issue that we should possibly examine the API for
pushJsonbValue(), so that instead of returning a value it modifies a
state argument. The current idiom is rather clumsy. However, changing
that requires quite a bit more work, so this change should do for the
moment.
2014-12-16 10:32:06 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4d65e16a6f Misc comment typo fixes.
Backpatch the applicable parts, just to make backpatching future patches
easier.
2014-12-16 16:37:46 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
da9f6a78ef Fix incorrect comment about XLogRecordBlockHeader.data_length field.
It does not include the possible full-page image. While at it, reformat the
comment slightly to make it more readable.

Reported by Rahila Syed
2014-12-16 15:41:58 +02:00
Noah Misch
0916eba131 Fix commit_ts test suite for systems with coarse timestamp granularity.
Noticed on a couple of Windows configurations.

Petr Jelinek, reviewed by Michael Paquier.
2014-12-15 20:56:09 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
733a264ddc Translation updates 2014-12-15 16:19:59 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
4576b9cc46 add missing newline 2014-12-15 16:49:41 -03:00
Tom Lane
9418820efb Fix point <-> polygon code for zero-distance case.
"PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(x)" is not "return x", except perhaps by accident
on some platforms.
2014-12-15 14:04:27 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4520ba6769 Add point <-> polygon distance operator.
Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli.
2014-12-15 17:06:21 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
ee3bec5e22 Translation updates 2014-12-15 00:25:35 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
e39b6f953e Add CINE option for CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
Fabrízio de Royes Mello reviewed by Rushabh Lathia.
2014-12-13 13:56:09 -05:00
Tom Lane
b0f479113a Repair corner-case bug in array version of percentile_cont().
The code for advancing through the input rows overlooked the case that we
might already be past the first row of the row pair now being considered,
in case the previous percentile also fell between the same two input rows.

Report and patch by Andrew Gierth; logic rewritten a bit for clarity by me.
2014-12-13 11:49:41 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
50f2c0687f Remove duplicate #define
Mark Dilger
2014-12-13 18:22:07 +02:00
Tom Lane
1c5c70df45 Avoid instability in output of new REINDEX SCHEMA test.
The planner seems to like to do this join query as a hash join, making
the output ordering machine-dependent; worse, it's a hash on OIDs, so
that it's a bit astonishing that the result doesn't change from run to
run even on one machine.  Add an ORDER BY to get consistent results.
Per buildfarm.

I also suppressed output from the final DROP SCHEMA CASCADE, to avoid
occasional failures similar to those fixed in commit 81d815dc3e.
That hasn't been observed in the buildfarm yet, but it seems likely
to happen in future if we leave it as-is.
2014-12-12 15:49:09 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
7e354ab9fe Add several generator functions for jsonb that exist for json.
The functions are:
    to_jsonb()
    jsonb_object()
    jsonb_build_object()
    jsonb_build_array()
    jsonb_agg()
    jsonb_object_agg()

Also along the way some better logic is implemented in
json_categorize_type() to match that in the newly implemented
jsonb_categorize_type().

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Alvaro Herrera.
2014-12-12 15:31:14 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
237a882443 Add json_strip_nulls and jsonb_strip_nulls functions.
The functions remove object fields, including in nested objects, that
have null as a value. In certain cases this can lead to considerably
smaller datums, with no loss of semantic information.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Pavel Stehule.
2014-12-12 09:00:43 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b1332e98c4 Put the logic to decide which synchronous standby is active into a function.
This avoids duplicating the code.

Michael Paquier, reviewed by Simon Riggs and me
2014-12-12 14:26:42 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
2f8607860b SSL tests: Remove trailing blank lines 2014-12-11 21:33:58 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
ce37eff06d SSL tests: Silence pg_ctl output
Otherwise the pg_ctl start and stop messages get mixed up with the TAP
output, which isn't technically valid.
2014-12-11 21:32:30 -05:00
Tom Lane
462bd95705 Fix planning of SELECT FOR UPDATE on child table with partial index.
Ordinarily we can omit checking of a WHERE condition that matches a partial
index's condition, when we are using an indexscan on that partial index.
However, in SELECT FOR UPDATE we must include the "redundant" filter
condition in the plan so that it gets checked properly in an EvalPlanQual
recheck.  The planner got this mostly right, but improperly omitted the
filter condition if the index in question was on an inheritance child
table.  In READ COMMITTED mode, this could result in incorrectly returning
just-updated rows that no longer satisfy the filter condition.

The cause of the error is using get_parse_rowmark() when get_plan_rowmark()
is what should be used during planning.  In 9.3 and up, also fix the same
mistake in contrib/postgres_fdw.  It's currently harmless there (for lack
of inheritance support) but wrong is wrong, and the incorrect code might
get copied to someplace where it's more significant.

Report and fix by Kyotaro Horiguchi.  Back-patch to all supported branches.
2014-12-11 21:02:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
2db576ba8c Fix corner case where SELECT FOR UPDATE could return a row twice.
In READ COMMITTED mode, if a SELECT FOR UPDATE discovers it has to redo
WHERE-clause checking on rows that have been updated since the SELECT's
snapshot, it invokes EvalPlanQual processing to do that.  If this first
occurs within a non-first child table of an inheritance tree, the previous
coding could accidentally re-return a matching row from an earlier,
already-scanned child table.  (And, to add insult to injury, I think this
could make it miss returning a row that should have been returned, if the
updated row that this happens on should still have passed the WHERE qual.)
Per report from Kyotaro Horiguchi; the added isolation test is based on his
test case.

This has been broken for quite awhile, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
2014-12-11 19:37:36 -05:00
Simon Riggs
2646d2d4a9 Further changes to REINDEX SCHEMA
Ensure we reindex indexes built on Mat Views.
Based on patch from Micheal Paquier

Add thorough tests to check that indexes on
tables, toast tables and mat views are reindexed.

Simon Riggs
2014-12-11 22:54:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
0845264642 Make rowsecurity test clean up after itself, too.
Leaving global objects like roles hanging around is bad practice.
2014-12-11 17:45:35 -05:00
Tom Lane
58af84f4bb Fix completely broken REINDEX SCHEMA testcase.
Aside from not testing the case it claimed to test (namely a permissions
failure), it left a login-capable role lying around, which quite aside
from possibly being a security hole would cause subsequent regression runs
to fail since the role would already exist.
2014-12-11 17:37:17 -05:00
Tom Lane
06d5803ffa Fix assorted confusion between Oid and int32.
In passing, also make some debugging elog's in pgstat.c a bit more
consistently worded.

Back-patch as far as applicable (9.3 or 9.4; none of these mistakes are
really old).

Mark Dilger identified and patched the type violations; the message
rewordings are mine.
2014-12-11 15:41:15 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
10eb7dfa9b Use correct macro for reltablespace.
It's an OID. WRITE_UINT_FIELD is identical to WRITE_OID_FIELD, but let's
be tidy.

Mark Dilger
2014-12-11 10:19:50 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
7442a88997 Fix typo
Author: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
2014-12-10 20:55:30 -05:00
Tom Lane
24688f4e5a Fix minor thinko in convertToJsonb().
The amount of space to reserve for the value's varlena header is
VARHDRSZ, not sizeof(VARHDRSZ).  The latter coding accidentally
failed to fail because of the way the VARHDRSZ macro is currently
defined; but if we ever change it to return size_t (as one might
reasonably expect it to do), convertToJsonb() would have failed.

Spotted by Mark Dilger.
2014-12-10 19:06:27 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e39250c644 Add a regression test suite for SSL support.
It's not run by the global "check" or "installcheck" targets, because the
temporary installation it creates accepts TCP connections from any user
the same host, which is insecure.
2014-12-09 17:37:20 +02:00
Simon Riggs
ae4e6887a4 Silence REINDEX
Previously REINDEX DATABASE and REINDEX SCHEMA
produced a stream of NOTICE messages. Removing that
since it is inconsistent for such a command to
produce output without a VERBOSE option.
2014-12-09 18:05:36 +09:00
Simon Riggs
1135aabab5 Execute 18 tests for src/bin/scripts/t/090..
Some requests count as two tests.
2014-12-09 01:51:02 +09:00
Simon Riggs
fe263d115a REINDEX SCHEMA
Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb.

Sawada Masahiko

Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-09 00:28:00 +09:00
Simon Riggs
8001fe67a3 Windows: use GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime if available
PostgreSQL on Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012 will now
get high-resolution timestamps by dynamically loading the
GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime function. It'll fall back to
to GetSystemTimeAsFileTime if the higher precision variant
isn't found, so the same binaries without problems on older
Windows releases.

No attempt is made to detect the Windows version.  Only the
presence or absence of the desired function is considered.

Craig Ringer
2014-12-08 23:36:06 +09:00
Simon Riggs
519b0757a3 Use GetSystemTimeAsFileTime directly in win32
PostgreSQL was calling GetSystemTime followed by SystemTimeToFileTime in the
win32 port gettimeofday function. This is not necessary and limits the reported
precision to the 1ms granularity that the SYSTEMTIME struct can represent. By
using GetSystemTimeAsFileTime we avoid unnecessary conversions and capture
timestamps at 100ns granularity, which is then rounded to 1µs granularity for
storage in a PostgreSQL timestamp.

On most Windows systems this change will actually have no significant effect on
timestamp resolution as the system timer tick is typically between 1ms and 15ms
depending on what timer resolution currently running applications have
requested. You can check this with clockres.exe from sysinternals. Despite the
platform limiation this change still permits capture of finer timestamps where
the system is capable of producing them and it gets rid of an unnecessary
syscall.

The higher resolution GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime call available on Windows
8 and Windows Server 2012 has the same interface as GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, so
switching to GetSystemTimeAsFileTime makes it easier to use the Precise variant
later.

Craig Ringer, reviewed by David Rowley
2014-12-08 23:32:03 +09:00
Simon Riggs
c270754719 Remove duplicate code in heap_prune_chain()
No need to set tuple tableOid twice

Jim Nasby
2014-12-08 08:44:37 +09:00
Simon Riggs
618c9430a8 Event Trigger for table_rewrite
Generate a table_rewrite event when ALTER TABLE
attempts to rewrite a table. Provide helper
functions to identify table and reason.

Intended use case is to help assess or to react
to schema changes that might hold exclusive locks
for long periods.

Dimitri Fontaine, triggering an edit by Simon Riggs

Reviewed in detail by Michael Paquier
2014-12-08 00:55:28 +09:00
Simon Riggs
b8e33a85d4 Tweaks for recovery_target_action
Rename parameter action_at_recovery_target to
recovery_target_action suggested by Christoph Berg.

Place into recovery.conf suggested by Fujii Masao,
replacing (deprecating) earlier parameters, per
Michael Paquier.
2014-12-07 21:55:29 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
198cbe0a0c Give a proper error message if initdb password file is empty.
Used to say just "could not read password from file "...": Success", which
isn't very informative.

Mats Erik Andersson. Backpatch to all supported versions.
2014-12-05 14:30:31 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c0f279c469 Don't include file type bits in tar archive's mode field.
The "file mode" bits in the tar file header is not supposed to include the
file type bits, e.g. S_IFREG or S_IFDIR. The file type is stored in a
separate field. This isn't a problem in practice, all tar programs ignore
the extra bits, but let's be tidy.

This came up in a discussion around bug #11949, reported by Hendrik Grewe,
although this doesn't fix the issue with tar --append. That turned out to be
a bug in GNU tar. Schilly's tartest program revealed this defect in the tar
created by pg_basebackup.

This problem goes as far as we we've had pg_basebackup, but since this
hasn't caused any problems in practice, let's be conservative and fix in
master only.
2014-12-05 13:54:21 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b27b6e75af Remove erroneous EXTRA_CLEAN line from Makefile.
After commit da34731, these files are not generated files anymore.

Adam Brightwell
2014-12-05 12:17:56 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
326b6f009f Print new track_commit_timestamp in rm_desc of a parameter-change record.
Michael Paquier
2014-12-05 12:11:43 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c846e67c46 Print wal_log_hints in the rm_desc routing of a parameter-change record.
It was an oversight in the original commit.

Also note in the sample config file that changing wal_log_hints requires a
restart.

Michael Paquier. Backpatch to 9.4, where wal_log_hints was added.
2014-12-05 12:00:48 +02:00
Robert Haas
9a94629833 Don't dump core if pq_comm_reset() is called before pq_init().
This can happen if an error occurs in a standalone backend.  This bug
was introduced by commit 2bd9e412f9.

Reported by Álvaro Herrera.
2014-12-04 19:49:43 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
b58233c71b Fix PGXS vpath build when PostgreSQL is built with vpath
PGXS computes srcdir from VPATH, PostgreSQL proper computes VPATH from
srcdir, and doing both results in an error from make.  Conditionalize so
only one of these takes effect.
2014-12-04 17:02:02 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
e4b5a070b4 Revert haphazard pgxs makefile changes
These changes were originally submitted as "adds support for VPATH with
USE_PGXS", but they are not necessary for VPATH support, so they just
add more lines of code for no reason.
2014-12-04 08:07:59 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
eb1c3f4786 Remove USE_VPATH make variable from PGXS
The user can just set VPATH directly.  There is no need to invent
another variable.
2014-12-04 08:07:41 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
1e95bbc870 Fix SHLIB_PREREQS use in contrib, allowing PGXS builds
dblink and postgres_fdw use SHLIB_PREREQS = submake-libpq to build libpq
first.  This doesn't work in a PGXS build, because there is no libpq to
build.  So just omit setting SHLIB_PREREQS in this case.

Note that PGXS users can still use SHLIB_PREREQS (although it is not
documented).  The problem here is only that contrib modules can be built
in-tree or using PGXS, and the prerequisite is only applicable in the
former case.

Commit 6697aa2bc2 previously attempted to
address this by creating a somewhat fake submake-libpq target in
Makefile.global.  That was not the right fix, and it was also done in a
nonportable way, so revert that.
2014-12-04 07:58:12 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
e86507d770 Move PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME definition
Since this is not something that a user should change,
pg_config_manual.h was an inappropriate place for it.

In initdb.c, remove the use of the macro, because utils/guc.h can't be
included by non-backend code.  But we hardcode all the other
configuration file names there, so this isn't a disaster.
2014-12-03 19:54:01 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
73c986adde Keep track of transaction commit timestamps
Transactions can now set their commit timestamp directly as they commit,
or an external transaction commit timestamp can be fed from an outside
system using the new function TransactionTreeSetCommitTsData().  This
data is crash-safe, and truncated at Xid freeze point, same as pg_clog.

This module is disabled by default because it causes a performance hit,
but can be enabled in postgresql.conf requiring only a server restart.

A new test in src/test/modules is included.

Catalog version bumped due to the new subdirectory within PGDATA and a
couple of new SQL functions.

Authors: Álvaro Herrera and Petr Jelínek

Reviewed to varying degrees by Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Robert
Haas, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao, Jaime Casanova, Simon Riggs, Steven
Singer, Peter Eisentraut
2014-12-03 11:53:02 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
6597ec9be6 Fix typos 2014-12-03 11:52:15 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
bc2f43eaa4 Fix whitespace 2014-12-02 23:45:03 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
da34731bd3 Install kludges to fix check-world for src/test/modules
check-world failed in a completely clean tree, because src/test/modules
fail to build unless errcodes.h is generated first.  To fix this,
install a dependency in src/test/modules' Makefile so that the necessary
file is generated.  Even with this, running "make check" within
individual module subdirs will still fail because the dependency is not
considered there, but this case is less interesting and would be messier
to fix.

check-world still failed with the above fix in place, this time because
dummy_seclabel used LOAD to load the dynamic library, which doesn't work
because the @libdir@ (expanded by the makefile) is expanded to the final
install path, not the temporary installation directory used by make
check.  To fix, tweak things so that CREATE EXTENSION can be used
instead, which solves the problem because the library path is expanded
by the backend, which is aware of the true libdir.
2014-12-02 23:43:53 -03:00
Tom Lane
475aedd1ef Improve error messages for malformed array input strings.
Make the error messages issued by array_in() uniformly follow the style
	ERROR: malformed array literal: "actual input string"
	DETAIL: specific complaint here
and rewrite many of the specific complaints to be clearer.

The immediate motivation for doing this is a complaint from Josh Berkus
that json_to_record() produced an unintelligible error message when
dealing with an array item, because it tries to feed the JSON-format
array value to array_in().  Really it ought to be smart enough to
perform JSON-to-Postgres array conversion, but that's a future feature
not a bug fix.  In the meantime, this change is something we agreed
we could back-patch into 9.4, and it should help de-confuse things a bit.
2014-12-02 18:23:27 -05:00
Andres Freund
0fd38e1370 Don't skip SQL backends in logical decoding for visibility computation.
The logical decoding patchset introduced PROC_IN_LOGICAL_DECODING flag
PGXACT flag, that allows such backends to be skipped when computing
the xmin horizon/snapshots. That's fine and sensible for walsenders
streaming out logical changes, but not at all fine for SQL backends
doing logical decoding. If the latter set that flag any change they
have performed outside of logical decoding will not be regarded as
visible - which e.g. can lead to that change being vacuumed away.

Note that not setting the flag for SQL backends isn't particularly
bothersome - the SQL backend doesn't do streaming, so it only runs for
a limited amount of time.

Per buildfarm member 'tick' and Alvaro.

Backpatch to 9.4, where logical decoding was introduced.
2014-12-02 23:47:08 +01:00
Tom Lane
75ef435218 Fix JSON aggregates to work properly when final function is re-executed.
Davide S. reported that json_agg() sometimes produced multiple trailing
right brackets.  This turns out to be because json_agg_finalfn() attaches
the final right bracket, and was doing so by modifying the aggregate state
in-place.  That's verboten, though unfortunately it seems there's no way
for nodeAgg.c to check for such mistakes.

Fix that back to 9.3 where the broken code was introduced.  In 9.4 and
HEAD, likewise fix json_object_agg(), which had copied the erroneous logic.
Make some cosmetic cleanups as well.
2014-12-02 15:02:37 -05:00
Tom Lane
1511521a36 Minor cleanup of function declarations for BRIN.
Get rid of PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1() macros, which are quite inappropriate
for built-in functions (possibly leftovers from testing as a loadable
module?).  Also, fix gratuitous inconsistency between SQL-level and
C-level names of the minmax support functions.
2014-12-02 14:07:54 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
3325624377 dummy_seclabel: add sql/, expected/, and .gitignores
Michael Paquier
2014-12-02 11:14:56 -03:00
Tom Lane
0927bf8060 Guard against bad "dscale" values in numeric_recv().
We were not checking to see if the supplied dscale was valid for the given
digit array when receiving binary-format numeric values.  While dscale can
validly be more than the number of nonzero fractional digits, it shouldn't
be less; that case causes fractional digits to be hidden on display even
though they're there and participate in arithmetic.

Bug #12053 from Tommaso Sala indicates that there's at least one broken
client library out there that sometimes supplies an incorrect dscale value,
leading to strange behavior.  This suggests that simply throwing an error
might not be the best response; it would lead to failures in applications
that might seem to be working fine today.  What seems the least risky fix
is to truncate away any digits that would be hidden by dscale.  This
preserves the existing behavior in terms of what will be printed for the
transmitted value, while preventing subsequent arithmetic from producing
results inconsistent with that.

In passing, throw a specific error for the case of dscale being outside
the range that will fit into a numeric's header.  Before you got "value
overflows numeric format", which is a bit misleading.

Back-patch to all supported branches.
2014-12-01 15:25:02 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
df761e3cf7 Move security_label test
Rather than have the core security_label regression test depend on the
dummy_seclabel module, have that part of the test be executed by
dummy_seclabel itself directly.  This simplifies the testing rig a bit;
in particular it should silence the problems from the MSVC buildfarm
phylum, which haven't yet gotten taught how to install src/test/modules.
2014-12-01 16:12:43 -03:00
Andrew Dunstan
e09996ff8d Fix hstore_to_json_loose's detection of valid JSON number values.
We expose a function IsValidJsonNumber that internally calls the lexer
for json numbers. That allows us to use the same test everywhere,
instead of inventing a broken test for hstore conversions. The new
function is also used in datum_to_json, replacing the code that is now
moved to the new function.

Backpatch to 9.3 where hstore_to_json_loose was introduced.
2014-12-01 11:28:45 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4e86f1b16d Put SSL_pending() call behind the new internal SSL API.
It seems likely that any SSL implementation will need a similar call, not
just OpenSSL.
2014-12-01 17:45:04 +02:00
Tom Lane
866737c923 Add a #define for the inet overlaps operator.
Extracted from pending inet selectivity patch.  The rest of it isn't
quite ready to commit, but we might as well push this part so the patch
doesn't have to track the moving target of pg_operator.h.
2014-11-30 19:43:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
1adbb347ec Fix minor bugs in commit 30bf4689a9 et al.
Coverity complained that the "else" added to fillPGconn() was unreachable,
which it was.  Remove the dead code.  In passing, rearrange the tests so as
not to bother trying to fetch values for options that can't be assigned.

Pre-9.3 did not have that issue, but it did have a "return" that should be
"goto oom_error" to ensure that a suitable error message gets filled in.
2014-11-30 12:20:44 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
22dfd116a1 Move test modules from contrib to src/test/modules
This is advance preparation for introducing even more test modules; the
easy solution is to add them to contrib, but that's bloated enough that
it seems a good time to think of something different.

Moved modules are dummy_seclabel, test_shm_mq, test_parser and
worker_spi.

(test_decoding was also a candidate, but there was too much opposition
to moving that one.  We can always reconsider later.)
2014-11-29 23:55:00 -03:00
Noah Misch
64f86fb11e Reimplement 9f80f4835a with PQconninfo().
Apart from ignoring "hostaddr" set to the empty string, this behaves
identically to its predecessor.  Back-patch to 9.4, where the original
commit first appeared.

Reviewed by Fujii Masao.
2014-11-29 12:31:43 -05:00
Noah Misch
2cda889984 Revert "Add libpq function PQhostaddr()."
This reverts commit 9f80f4835a.  The
function returned the raw value of a connection parameter, a task served
by PQconninfo().  The next commit will reimplement the psql \conninfo
change that way.  Back-patch to 9.4, where that commit first appeared.
2014-11-29 12:31:21 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
816e10d800 Fix BRIN operator family definitions
The original definitions were leaving no room for cross-type operators,
so queries that compared a column of one type against something of a
different type were not taking advantage of the index.  Fix by making
the opfamilies more like the ones for Btree, and include a few
cross-type operator classes.

Catalog version bumped.

Per complaints from Hubert Lubaczewski, Mark Wong, Heikki Linnakangas.
2014-11-28 18:09:19 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
ae04bf5027 Update transaction README for persistent multixacts
Multixacts are now maintained during recovery, but the README didn't get
the memo.  Backpatch to 9.3, where the divergence was introduced.
2014-11-28 18:06:18 -03:00
Tom Lane
d25367ec4f Add bms_get_singleton_member(), and use it where appropriate.
This patch adds a function that replaces a bms_membership() test followed
by a bms_singleton_member() call, performing both the test and the
extraction of a singleton set's member in one scan of the bitmapset.
The performance advantage over the old way is probably minimal in current
usage, but it seems worthwhile on notational grounds anyway.

David Rowley
2014-11-28 14:16:24 -05:00
Tom Lane
f4e031c662 Add bms_next_member(), and use it where appropriate.
This patch adds a way of iterating through the members of a bitmapset
nondestructively, unlike the old way with bms_first_member().  While
bms_next_member() is very slightly slower than bms_first_member()
(at least for typical-size bitmapsets), eliminating the need to palloc
and pfree a temporary copy of the target bitmapset is a significant win.
So this method should be preferred in all cases where a temporary copy
would be necessary.

Tom Lane, with suggestions from Dean Rasheed and David Rowley
2014-11-28 13:37:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
96d66bcfc6 Improve performance of OverrideSearchPathMatchesCurrent().
This function was initially coded on the assumption that it would not be
performance-critical, but that turns out to be wrong in workloads that
are heavily dependent on the speed of plpgsql functions.  Speed it up by
hard-coding the comparison rules, thereby avoiding palloc/pfree traffic
from creating and immediately freeing an OverrideSearchPath object.
Per report from Scott Marlowe.
2014-11-28 12:37:27 -05:00
Tom Lane
e384ed6cde Improve typcache: cache negative lookup results, add invalidation logic.
Previously, if the typcache had for example tried and failed to find a hash
opclass for a given data type, it would nonetheless repeat the unsuccessful
catalog lookup each time it was asked again.  This can lead to a
significant amount of useless bufmgr traffic, as in a recent report from
Scott Marlowe.  Like the catalog caches, typcache should be able to cache
negative results.  This patch arranges that by making use of separate flag
bits to remember whether a particular item has been looked up, rather than
treating a zero OID as an indicator that no lookup has been done.

Also, install a credible invalidation mechanism, namely watching for inval
events in pg_opclass.  The sole advantage of the lack of negative caching
was that the code would cope if operators or opclasses got added for a type
mid-session; to preserve that behavior we have to be able to invalidate
stale lookup results.  Updates in pg_opclass should be pretty rare in
production systems, so it seems sufficient to just invalidate all the
dependent data whenever one happens.

Adding proper invalidation also means that this code will now react sanely
if an opclass is dropped mid-session.  Arguably, that's a back-patchable
bug fix, but in view of the lack of complaints from the field I'll refrain
from back-patching.  (Probably, in most cases where an opclass is dropped,
the data type itself is dropped soon after, so that this misfeasance has
no bad consequences.)
2014-11-28 12:19:14 -05:00
Fujii Masao
202cbdf782 Add tab-completion for ALTER TABLE ALTER CONSTRAINT in psql.
Back-patch to 9.4 where ALTER TABLE ALTER CONSTRAINT was added.

Michael Paquier, bug reported by Andrey Lizenko.
2014-11-28 21:29:45 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
afeacd2748 Fix assertion failure at end of PITR.
InitXLogInsert() cannot be called in a critical section, because it
allocates memory. But CreateCheckPoint() did that, when called for the
end-of-recovery checkpoint by the startup process.

In the passing, fix the scratch space allocation in InitXLogInsert to go to
the right memory context. Also update the comment at InitXLOGAccess, which
hasn't been totally accurate since hot standby was introduced (in a hot
standby backend, InitXLOGAccess isn't called at backend startup).

Reported by Michael Paquier
2014-11-28 09:31:53 +02:00
Fujii Masao
a5eb85eb62 Make \watch respect the user's \pset null setting.
Previously \watch always ignored the user's \pset null setting.
\pset null setting should be ignored for \d and similar queries.
For those, the code can reasonably have an opinion about what
the presentation should be like, since it knows what SQL query
it's issuing. This argument surely doesn't apply to \watch,
so this commit makes \watch use the user's \pset null setting.

Back-patch to 9.3 where \watch was added.
2014-11-28 02:42:43 +09:00
Fujii Masao
e656f5d247 Mark response messages for translation in pg_isready.
Back-patch to 9.3 where pg_isready was added.

Mats Erik Andersson
2014-11-28 02:12:45 +09:00
Stephen Frost
143b39c185 Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes
As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity
pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies.  This
patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to
match the new catalog name.

The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also
pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and
re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY
processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we
finish planning out the query which has been built.

Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries
for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various
places.  This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the
ability to COMMENT on policies.

In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments,
and documentation as well.  This removes various incarnations of
'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor
of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate.

Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 01:15:57 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1812ee5767 Remove dead function prototype
It was added in commit efc16ea5, but never defined.
2014-11-26 11:05:54 +02:00
Robert Haas
a6c84c770e Attempt to suppress uninitialized variable warning.
Report by Heikki Linnakangas.
2014-11-25 20:07:07 -05:00
Tom Lane
d934a05234 Fix uninitialized-variable warning.
In passing, add an Assert defending the presumption that bytes_left
is positive to start with.  (I'm not exactly convinced that using an
unsigned type was such a bright thing here, but let's at least do
this much.)
2014-11-25 15:17:16 -05:00
Simon Riggs
aedccb1f6f action_at_recovery_target recovery config option
action_at_recovery_target = pause | promote | shutdown

Petr Jelinek

Reviewed by Muhammad Asif Naeem, Fujji Masao and
Simon Riggs
2014-11-25 20:13:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
bb1b8f694a De-reserve most statement-introducing keywords in plpgsql.
Add a bit of context sensitivity to plpgsql_yylex() so that it can
recognize when the word it is looking at is the first word of a new
statement, and if so whether it is the target of an assignment statement.
When we are at start of statement and it's not an assignment, we can
prefer recognizing unreserved keywords over recognizing variable names,
thereby allowing most statements' initial keywords to be demoted from
reserved to unreserved status.  This is rather useful already (there are
15 such words that get demoted here), and what's more to the point is
that future patches proposing to add new plpgsql statements can avoid
objections about having to add new reserved words.

The keywords BEGIN, DECLARE, FOR, FOREACH, LOOP, WHILE need to remain
reserved because they can be preceded by block labels, and the logic
added here doesn't understand about block labels.  In principle we
could probably fix that, but it would take more than one token of
lookback and the benefit doesn't seem worth extra complexity.

Also note I didn't de-reserve EXECUTE, because it is used in more places
than just statement start.  It's possible it could be de-reserved with
more work, but that would be an independent fix.

In passing, also de-reserve COLLATE and DEFAULT, which shouldn't have
been reserved in the first place since they only need to be recognized
within DECLARE sections.
2014-11-25 15:02:09 -05:00
Tom Lane
bac27394a1 Support arrays as input to array_agg() and ARRAY(SELECT ...).
These cases formerly failed with errors about "could not find array type
for data type".  Now they yield arrays of the same element type and one
higher dimension.

The implementation involves creating functions with API similar to the
existing accumArrayResult() family.  I (tgl) also extended the base family
by adding an initArrayResult() function, which allows callers to avoid
special-casing the zero-inputs case if they just want an empty array as
result.  (Not all do, so the previous calling convention remains valid.)
This allowed simplifying some existing code in xml.c and plperl.c.

Ali Akbar, reviewed by Pavel Stehule, significantly modified by me
2014-11-25 12:21:28 -05:00
Stephen Frost
25976710df Add int64 -> int8 mapping to genbki
Per discussion with Tom and Andrew, 64bit integers are no longer a
problem for the catalogs, so go ahead and add the mapping from the C
int64 type to the int8 SQL identification to allow using them.

Patch by Adam Brightwell
2014-11-25 12:12:19 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b3fc6727ce Allow using connection URI in primary_conninfo.
The old method of appending options to the connection string didn't work if
the primary_conninfo was a postgres:// style URI, instead of a traditional
connection string. Use PQconnectdbParams instead.

Alex Shulgin
2014-11-25 18:26:05 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
add1b052e2 Allow "dbname" from connection string to be overridden in PQconnectDBParams
If the "dbname" attribute in PQconnectDBParams contained a connection string
or URI (and expand_dbname = TRUE), the database name from the connection
string could not be overridden by a subsequent "dbname" keyword in the
array. That was not intentional; all other options can be overridden.
Furthermore, any subsequent "dbname" caused the connection string from the
first dbname value to be processed again, overriding any values for the same
options that were given between the connection string and the second dbname
option.

In the passing, clarify in the docs that only the first dbname option in the
array is parsed as a connection string.

Alex Shulgin. Backpatch to all supported versions.
2014-11-25 17:39:44 +02:00
Stephen Frost
81d815dc3e Suppress DROP CASCADE notices in regression tests
In the regression tests, when doing cascaded drops, we need to suppress
the notices from DROP CASCADE or there can be transient regression
failures as the order of drops can depend on the physical row order in
pg_depend.

Report and fix suggestion from Tom.
2014-11-25 10:04:49 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
30bf4689a9 Check return value of strdup() in libpq connection option parsing.
An out-of-memory in most of these would lead to strange behavior, like
connecting to a different database than intended, but some would lead to
an outright segfault.

Alex Shulgin and me. Backpatch to all supported versions.
2014-11-25 14:10:16 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e453cc2741 Make Port->ssl_in_use available, even when built with !USE_SSL
Code that check the flag no longer need #ifdef's, which is more convenient.
In particular, makes it easier to write extensions that depend on it.

In the passing, modify sslinfo's ssl_is_used function to check ssl_in_use
instead of the OpenSSL specific 'ssl' pointer. It doesn't make any
difference currently, as sslinfo is only compiled when built with OpenSSL,
but seems cleaner anyway.
2014-11-25 09:46:11 +02:00
Robert Haas
f5d9698a84 Add infrastructure to save and restore GUC values.
This is further infrastructure for parallelism.

Amit Khandekar, Noah Misch, Robert Haas
2014-11-24 16:37:56 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
49b86fb1c9 Add a few paragraphs to B-tree README explaining L&Y algorithm.
This gives an overview of what Lehman & Yao's paper is all about, so that
you can understand the rest of the README without having to read the paper.

Per discussion with Peter Geoghegan and others.
2014-11-24 13:43:33 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0bd624d63b Distinguish XLOG_FPI records generated for hint-bit updates.
Add a new XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT record type, and use that for full-page images
generated for hint bit updates, when checksums are enabled. The new record
type is replayed exactly the same as XLOG_FPI, but allows them to be tallied
separately e.g. in pg_xlogdump.
2014-11-24 11:09:08 +02:00
Tom Lane
e2dc3f5772 Get rid of redundant production in plpgsql grammar.
There may once have been a reason for the intermediate proc_stmts
production in the plpgsql grammar, but it isn't doing anything useful
anymore, so let's collapse it into proc_sect.  Saves some code and
probably a small number of nanoseconds per statement list.

In passing, correctly alphabetize keyword lists to match pl_scanner.c;
note that for "rowtype" vs "row_count", pl_scanner.c must sort on the
basis of the lower-case spelling.

Noted while fooling with a patch to de-reserve more plpgsql keywords.
2014-11-23 15:31:36 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
02d5ab6a86 Fix memory leaks introduced by commit eca2b9b 2014-11-23 13:47:08 -05:00
Noah Misch
b779168ffe Detect PG_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE automatically.
This eliminates gobs of "unrecognized format function type" warnings
under MinGW compilers predating GCC 4.4.
2014-11-23 09:34:03 -05:00
Tom Lane
b62f94c603 Allow simplification of EXISTS() subqueries containing LIMIT.
The locution "EXISTS(SELECT ... LIMIT 1)" seems to be rather common among
people who don't realize that the database already performs optimizations
equivalent to putting LIMIT 1 in the sub-select.  Unfortunately, this was
actually making things worse, because it prevented us from optimizing such
EXISTS clauses into semi or anti joins.  Teach simplify_EXISTS_query() to
suppress constant-positive LIMIT clauses.  That fixes the semi/anti-join
case, and may help marginally even for cases that have to be left as
sub-SELECTs.

Marti Raudsepp, reviewed by David Rowley
2014-11-22 19:12:38 -05:00
Tom Lane
9c58101117 Fix mishandling of system columns in FDW queries.
postgres_fdw would send query conditions involving system columns to the
remote server, even though it makes no effort to ensure that system
columns other than CTID match what the remote side thinks.  tableoid,
in particular, probably won't match and might have some use in queries.
Hence, prevent sending conditions that include non-CTID system columns.

Also, create_foreignscan_plan neglected to check local restriction
conditions while determining whether to set fsSystemCol for a foreign
scan plan node.  This again would bollix the results for queries that
test a foreign table's tableoid.

Back-patch the first fix to 9.3 where postgres_fdw was introduced.
Back-patch the second to 9.2.  The code is probably broken in 9.1 as
well, but the patch doesn't apply cleanly there; given the weak state
of support for FDWs in 9.1, it doesn't seem worth fixing.

Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat, and somewhat modified by me
2014-11-22 16:01:05 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
eca2b9ba3e Rework echo_hidden for \sf and \ef from commit e4d2817.
PSQLexec's error reporting turns out to be too verbose for this case, so
revert to using PQexec instead with minimal error reporting. Prior to
calling PQexec, we call a function that mimics just the echo_hidden
piece of PSQLexec.
2014-11-22 09:39:01 -05:00
Tom Lane
447770404c Rearrange CustomScan API.
Make it work more like FDW plans do: instead of assuming that there are
expressions in a CustomScan plan node that the core code doesn't know
about, insist that all subexpressions that need planner attention be in
a "custom_exprs" list in the Plan representation.  (Of course, the
custom plugin can break the list apart again at executor initialization.)
This lets us revert the parts of the patch that exposed setrefs.c and
subselect.c processing to the outside world.

Also revert the GetSpecialCustomVar stuff in ruleutils.c; that concept
may work in future, but it's far from fully baked right now.
2014-11-21 18:21:46 -05:00
Tom Lane
c2ea2285e9 Simplify API for initially hooking custom-path providers into the planner.
Instead of register_custom_path_provider and a CreateCustomScanPath
callback, let's just provide a standard function hook in set_rel_pathlist.
This is more flexible than what was previously committed, is more like the
usual conventions for planner hooks, and requires less support code in the
core.  We had discussed this design (including centralizing the
set_cheapest() calls) back in March or so, so I'm not sure why it wasn't
done like this already.
2014-11-21 14:05:46 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
4077fb4d1d Fix an error in psql that overcounted output lines.
This error counted the first line of a cell as "extra". The effect was
to cause far too frequent invocation of the pager. In most cases this
can be worked around (for example, by using the "less" pager with the -F
flag), so don't backpatch.
2014-11-21 12:37:09 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
e4d28175a1 Make psql's \sf and \ef honor ECHO_HIDDEN.
These commands were calling the database direct rather than  calling
PSQLexec like other slash commands that needed database data.

The code is also changed not to pass the connection as a parameter to
the helper functions. It's available in a global variable, and that's
what PSQLexec uses.
2014-11-21 12:14:05 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
622983ea69 No need to call XLogEnsureRecordSpace when the relation is unlogged.
Amit Kapila
2014-11-21 15:13:15 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b10a97b819 Add a comment to regress.c explaining what it contains.
Ian Barwick
2014-11-21 15:07:29 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8f5dcb56cb Fix bogus comments in XLogRecordAssemble
Pointed out by Michael Paquier
2014-11-21 12:15:27 +02:00
Tom Lane
adbfab119b Remove dead code supporting mark/restore in SeqScan, TidScan, ValuesScan.
There seems no prospect that any of this will ever be useful, and indeed
it's questionable whether some of it would work if it ever got called;
it's certainly not been exercised in a very long time, if ever. So let's
get rid of it, and make the comments about mark/restore in execAmi.c less
wishy-washy.

The mark/restore support for Result nodes is also currently dead code,
but that's due to planner limitations not because it's impossible that
it could be useful.  So I left it in.
2014-11-20 20:20:54 -05:00
Tom Lane
a34fa8ee7c Initial code review for CustomScan patch.
Get rid of the pernicious entanglement between planner and executor headers
introduced by commit 0b03e5951b.

Also, rearrange the CustomFoo struct/typedef definitions so that all the
typedef names are seen as used by the compiler.  Without this pgindent
will mess things up a bit, which is not so important perhaps, but it also
removes a bizarre discrepancy between the declaration arrangement used for
CustomExecMethods and that used for CustomScanMethods and
CustomPathMethods.

Clean up the commentary around ExecSupportsMarkRestore to reflect the
rather large change in its API.

Const-ify register_custom_path_provider's argument.  This necessitates
casting away const in the function, but that seems better than forcing
callers of the function to do so (or else not const-ify their method
pointer structs, which was sort of the whole point).

De-export fix_expr_common.  I don't like the exporting of fix_scan_expr
or replace_nestloop_params either, but this one surely has got little
excuse.
2014-11-20 18:36:07 -05:00
Tom Lane
081a6048cf Fix another oversight in CustomScan patch.
execCurrent.c's search_plan_tree() must recognize a CustomScan on the
target relation.  This would only be helpful for custom providers that
support CurrentOfExpr quals, which is probably a bit far-fetched, but
it's not impossible I think.  But even without assuming that, we need
to recognize a scanned-relation match so that we will properly throw
error if the desired relation is being scanned with both a CustomScan
and a regular scan (ie, self-join).

Also recognize ForeignScanState for similar reasons.  Supporting WHERE
CURRENT OF on a foreign table is probably even more far-fetched than
it is for custom scans, but I think in principle you could do it with
postgres_fdw (or another FDW that supports the ctid column).  This
would be a back-patchable bug fix if existing FDWs handled CurrentOfExpr,
but I doubt any do so I won't bother back-patching.
2014-11-20 15:56:39 -05:00
Tom Lane
03e574af5f Fix another oversight in CustomScan patch.
disuse_physical_tlist() must work for all plan types handled by
create_scan_plan().
2014-11-20 14:49:02 -05:00
Tom Lane
c5111ea9ca Remove no-longer-needed phony typedefs in genbki.h.
Now that we have a policy of hiding varlena catalog fields behind
"#ifdef CATALOG_VARLEN", there is no need for their type names to be
acceptable to the C compiler.  And experimentation shows that it does
not matter to pgindent either.  (If it did, we'd have problems anyway,
since these typedefs are unreferenced so far as the C compiler is
concerned, and find_typedef fails to identify such typedefs.)

Hence, remove the phony typedefs that genbki.h provided to make
some varlena field definitions compilable.

In passing, rearrange #define's into what seemed a more logical order.
2014-11-20 13:16:14 -05:00
Tom Lane
f9e0255c6f Add missing case for CustomScan.
Per KaiGai Kohei.

In passing improve formatting of some code added in commit 30d7ae3c,
because otherwise pgindent will make a mess of it.
2014-11-20 12:32:34 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f464042161 Silence compiler warning about variable being used uninitialized.
It's a false positive - the variable is only used when 'onleft' is true,
and it is initialized in that case. But the compiler doesn't necessarily
see that.
2014-11-20 19:17:19 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2c03216d83 Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.

There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.

This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.

For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.

The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.

Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 18:46:41 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
8dc626defe Fix suggested layout for PGXS makefile
Custom rules must come after pgxs inclusion, not before, because any
rule added before pgxs will break the default 'all' target.

Author: Cédric Villemain <cedric@2ndquadrant.fr>
2014-11-19 22:21:54 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
88fc719263 Add test cases for indexam operations not currently covered.
That includes VACUUM on GIN, GiST and SP-GiST indexes, and B-tree indexes
large enough to cause page deletions in B-tree. Plus some other special
cases.

After this patch, the regression tests generate all different WAL record
types. Not all branches within the redo functions are covered, but it's a
step forward.
2014-11-19 19:47:43 +02:00
Fujii Masao
d5f4df7264 Fix bug in the test of file descriptor of current WAL file in pg_receivexlog.
In pg_receivexlog, in order to check whether the current WAL file is
being opened or not, its file descriptor has to be checked against -1
as an invalid value. But, oops, 7900e94 added the incorrect test
checking the descriptor against 1. This commit fixes that bug.

Back-patch to 9.4 where the bug was added.

Spotted by Magnus Hagander
2014-11-19 19:10:04 +09:00
Fujii Masao
f66c20b317 Fix pg_receivexlog --slot so that it doesn't prevent the server shutdown.
When pg_receivexlog --slot is connecting to the server, at the shutdown
of the server, walsender keeps waiting for the last WAL record to be
replicated and flushed in pg_receivexlog. But previously pg_receivexlog
issued sync command only when WAL file was switched. So there was
the case where the last WAL was never flushed and walsender had to
keep waiting infinitely. This caused the server shutdown to get stuck.

pg_recvlogical handles this problem by calling fsync() when it receives
the request of immediate reply from the server. That is, at shutdown,
walsender sends the request, pg_recvlogical receives it, flushes the last
WAL record, and sends the flush location back to the server. Since
walsender can see that the last WAL record is successfully flushed, it can
exit cleanly.

This commit introduces the same logic as pg_recvlogical has,
to pg_receivexlog.

Back-patch to 9.4 where pg_receivexlog was changed so that it can use
the replication slot.

Original patch by Michael Paquier, rewritten by me.
Bug report by Furuya Osamu.
2014-11-19 14:11:12 +09:00
Tom Lane
8d7af8fbe7 Don't require bleeding-edge timezone data in timestamptz regression test.
The regression test cases added in commits b2cbced9e et al depended in part
on the Russian timezone offset changes of Oct 2014.  While this is of no
particular concern for a default Postgres build, it was possible for a
build using --with-system-tzdata to fail the tests if the system tzdata
database wasn't au courant.  Bjorn Munch and Christoph Berg both complained
about this while packaging 9.4rc1, so we probably shouldn't insist on the
system tzdata being up-to-date.  Instead, make an equivalent test using a
zone change that occurred in Venezuela in 2007.  With this patch, the
regression tests should pass using any tzdata set from 2012 or later.
(I can't muster much sympathy for somebody using --with-system-tzdata
on a machine whose system tzdata is more than three years out-of-date.)
2014-11-18 21:36:39 -05:00
Tom Lane
7aa8d9e56c Update comments in find_typedef.
These comments don't seem to have been touched in a long time.  Make them
describe the current implementation rather than what was here last century,
and be a bit more explicit about the unreferenced-typedefs issue.
2014-11-18 15:51:45 -05:00
Tom Lane
8b13e5c6c0 Fix some bogus direct uses of realloc().
pg_dump/parallel.c was using realloc() directly with no error check.
While the odds of an actual failure here seem pretty low, Coverity
complains about it, so fix by using pg_realloc() instead.

While looking for other instances, I noticed a couple of places in
psql that hadn't gotten the memo about the availability of pg_realloc.
These aren't bugs, since they did have error checks, but verbosely
inconsistent code is not a good thing.

Back-patch as far as 9.3.  9.2 did not have pg_dump/parallel.c, nor
did it have pg_realloc available in all frontend code.
2014-11-18 13:28:06 -05:00
Simon Riggs
606c0123d6 Reduce btree scan overhead for < and > strategies
For <, <=, > and >= strategies, mark the first scan key
as already matched if scanning in an appropriate direction.
If index tuple contains no nulls we can skip the first
re-check for each tuple.

Author: Rajeev Rastogi
Reviewer: Haribabu Kommi
Rework of the code and comments by Simon Riggs
2014-11-18 10:24:55 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dedae6c211 Remove obsolete debugging option, RTDEBUG.
The r-tree AM that used it was removed back in 2005.

Peter Geoghegan
2014-11-18 09:55:05 +02:00
Simon Riggs
be1cc8f46f Add pg_dump --snapshot option
Allows pg_dump to use a snapshot previously defined by a concurrent
session that has either used pg_export_snapshot() or obtained a
snapshot when creating a logical slot. When this option is used with
parallel pg_dump, the snapshot defined by this option is used and no
new snapshot is taken.

Simon Riggs and Michael Paquier
2014-11-17 22:15:07 +00:00
Fujii Masao
c4f99d2029 Add --synchronous option to pg_receivexlog, for more reliable WAL writing.
Previously pg_receivexlog flushed WAL data only when WAL file was switched.
Then 3dad73e added -F option to pg_receivexlog so that users could control
how frequently sync commands were issued to WAL files. It also allowed users
to make pg_receivexlog flush WAL data immediately after writing by
specifying 0 in -F option. However feedback messages were not sent back
immediately even after a flush location was updated. So even if WAL data
was flushed in real time, the server could not see that for a while.

This commit removes -F option from and adds --synchronous to pg_receivexlog.
If --synchronous is specified, like the standby's wal receiver, pg_receivexlog
flushes WAL data as soon as there is WAL data which has not been flushed yet.
Then it sends back the feedback message identifying the latest flush location
to the server. This option is useful to make pg_receivexlog behave as sync
standby by using replication slot, for example.

Original patch by Furuya Osamu, heavily rewritten by me.
Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas, Alvaro Herrera and Sawada Masahiko.
2014-11-18 02:32:48 +09:00
Tom Lane
bc241488b0 Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2014j.
DST law changes in the Turks & Caicos Islands (America/Grand_Turk) and
in Fiji.  New zone Pacific/Bougainville for portions of Papua New Guinea.
Historical changes for Korea and Vietnam.
2014-11-17 12:09:12 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c73669c0e0 Fix WAL-logging of B-tree "unlink halfdead page" operation.
There was some confusion on how to record the case that the operation
unlinks the last non-leaf page in the branch being deleted.
_bt_unlink_halfdead_page set the "topdead" field in the WAL record to
the leaf page, but the redo routine assumed that it would be an invalid
block number in that case. This commit fixes _bt_unlink_halfdead_page to
do what the redo routine expected.

This code is new in 9.4, so backpatch there.
2014-11-17 18:45:46 +02:00